pdf html

30 minute English by V.K. Patel

What is Grammar? (व्माकयण क्मा है?)

व्माकयण वास्तव भें ककसी बाषा की प्रणारी है , रोग इसे प्राम् बाषा के "ननमभ " के रूऩ भें

ववस्तत कयते हैं , ऩय वास्तव भें बाषा की कोई ननमभ नहीॊ है । मदद हभ ननमभ की फात कयें तो

ननमभ ऩहरे फनते है कपय खेर की तयह बाषा । बाषा की सुरुआत शामद इस तयह नहीॊ हुई है, वास्तव भें बाषा एक व्मक्तत द्वाया दसये व्मक्तत से बावनावों का आदान प्रदान है । वतत के साथ शब्दों , वातमाॊशों औय वातमों भें रोग इसे ववकससत कयते गए औय वह आज बाषा मा फोरी का रूऩ रे सरए । सबी बाषाएॉ सभम के साथ फदरती यहती है क्जसे हभ व्माकयण कहते है ,

व्माकयण वास्तव भें ककसी ववशष सभम भें बाषा का प्रनतबफम्फ है।

तो तमा हभें बाषा सीखने के सरए व्माकयण का अध्मन की आवश्मकता है , तो भेया जवाफ होगा नहीॊ । दनु नमाॊ भें कई रोग व्माकयण के अध्मन ककमे बफना सयरता औय ननऩुणता से फोरते है , हभें

ही रे रीक्जमे हभें दहदी व्माकयण का ककतना ऻान है , औय हभ ककस तयह से फोरते है । रेककन

मदद फात हो अऩने भातबाषा के अरावा अन्म बाषा सीखने की तो शामद ऩहरे हभें व्माकयण का

ऻान होना चादहए । मह आऩको कु शरता, तेजी औय सयरता से सीखने भें भदद कयता है । जफ एक बाषा की प्रणारी (व्माकयण ) को सभझते है तो आऩ ककसी व्मक्तत मा ककताफ के बफना ही सभझ सकते हैं ।

Sentence (वाक्म)

Generally, we use words in groups. "A group of words, which makes a complete sense, is called Sentence".

Pattern of sentence:

हहन्दी भें वाक्म यचना ननम्न प्रकाय से हैं -

कर्ाा
+
कभा
+
क्रिमा
Subject
+
object
+
verb
झॊकाय
+
खाना
+
खा यहा हैं।
Pattern of sentence in English-
कर्ाा
+
क्रिमा
+
कभा
Subject
+
verb
+
object
Jhankar
+
is eating
+
the food.

Subject: The subject answers the question: Who?
हहन्दी के वाक्म भें क्रिमा के साथ “कौन मा क्रकसने ” का उत्र्य फर्ाने वारे शब्द कर्ाा कहरार्ा हैं।
Verb: Verb tells something about subject.
कामा का कयना मा होना क्रिमा कहरार्ा हैं।
Object: The object answers the question: What or Whom?
हहन्दी के वाक्म भें क्रिमा के साथ “क्मा मा क्रकसने” का उत्र्य फर्ाने वारे शब्द कभा कहरार्े हैं।
Part of the Sentence:
Each sentence has a subject to speak about and say or predicate something about that subject. So every sentence has two parts-
1. Subject: A person and thing about which something is said is known as subject.
  वाक्म का वह बाग जजसभें क्रकसी व्मजक्र् मा वस्र्ु की जानकायी हो, कर्ाा कहरार्ा
  हैं।
2. Predicate: Something which is said about the subject is called predicate.
वाक्म का वह बाग जो कर्ाा के फाये भें कु छ कहे, ववधेम कहरार्ा हैं।
Example:
Jhankar
+
is eating the food
(Subject)

(predicate)
Generally sentences are of five types.
1. Assertive sentence
2. Interrogative sentence
3. Imperative sentence
4. Optative sentence
5. Exclamatory sentence
  1. Assertive sentence (ननश्चमात्भक वाक्म) : A sentence that makes a statement or declaration is called Assertive sentence.
    वे वाक्म जजसभें साधायण रुऩ से कोई फार् मा कथन कहा जाए, उन्हें साधायण मा ननश्चमात्भक वाक्म कहर्े हैं।
    Assertive sentence are of two types-
    1. Affirmative sentence (सकायात्भक वाक्म): A sentence which, states something which shows affirmation is called affirmative sentence.
      वे वाक्म जजनभें स्वीकाय मोग्म कथन कहा गमा हो, सकायात्भक वाक्म कहरार्े हैं।
      Example:
      - झॊकाय एक होशशमाय रड़का हैं।
      - Jhankar is an intelligent boy.
    2. Negative sentence (नकायात्भक वाक्म ): A sentence which, states something which shows denial is called negative sentence.
      वे वाक्म जजनभें नकायात्भक शब्दों का प्रमोग होर्ा हो, नकायात्भक वाक्म कहरार्े हैं।
      Example:
      - सुननर एक होशशमाय रड़का नही हैं।
      Sunil is not an intelligent boy.
  2. Interrogative sentence (प्रश्नवाचक वाक्म ): A sentence which asks question or enquires about something is called interrogative sentence.
    वे वाक्म जो प्रश्न ऩूछे मा क्रकसी के फाये भें खोज कयें,प्रश्नवाचक वाक्म कहरार्े हैं।
    Interrogative sentences are of two types-
    1. Sentence starting with “Helping verb”:
      सहामक क्रिमा से प्रायम्ब होने वारे वाक्मों का उत्र्य हाॉ मा ना भें आर्ा हैं।
      Example:
      - क्मा सुननर एक ईभानदाय रड़का हैं?
        Is Sunil an honest boy?
      - क्मा याभ ऩढ़ यहा होगा?
      Will Ram be reading?
    2. Sentence starting with “Question word”:
प्रश्नवाचक शब्दों से प्रायम्ब होने वारे वाक्मों भें क्रकसी र्थ्म की ऩूणा खोज की जार्ी हैं।
Example:
- र्ुम्हाया प्रधानाध्माऩक कौन हैं?
  Who is your headmaster?
- र्ुम्हाया नाभ क्मा हैं?
What is your name?
Imperative sentence (आऻासूचक वाक्म ): A sentence which shows order, advice, suggestion, prohibition and request is called imperative sentence.
वाक्म जजसभें आऻा, सराह, सुझाव, प्राथना आहद हो, आऻासूचक वाक्म कहरार्े हैं।
Example:
- महाॉ आइमे।
  Come here. ( order)
- कृ ऩमा दयवाजा फन्द कीजजमे।
  Please, shut the door. (request)
- धम्रऩान भर् कीजजमे।
  Don’t smoke. (prohibition)
Optative sentence (काभनासूचक वाक्म): A sentence which shows a wish, a blessing or a prayer is known as optative sentence.
ऐसे वाक्म भो इच्छा, प्राथना मा शुबकाभना आहद दशाार्े हो, काभनासूचक वाक्म
कहरार्े हैं। अग्र
Example:
ेजी भें ऐसे वाक्म Wish /May से प्रायम्ब होर्े हैं।
- आऩकी मात्रा सुखद हो।
  Wish you happy journey. (Blessing)
- आऩका बाग्मोंदम हों।
  Wish him best of luck. (Blessing)
- बगवान आऩको रम्फी आमु दे।
  May you live long! (Wish)
- बगवान आऩकी भदद कयें।
  May God help you! (Prayer)
  May से प्रायम्ब होने वारे काभनासूचक वाक्मों (optative sentence) के अन्र् भें ववस्भमाहदफोधक चचन्ह (!) रगार्े हैं।
Exclamatory sentence (ववस्भमाहदफोधक वाक्म ): A sentence which shows mental passions, thoughts, sudden feelings of mind is known as exclamatory sentence.
वाक्म जो अचानक आमे हुए ववचायों मा भानशसक बावनाओॊ को प्रकट कयें
ववस्भमाहदफोधक वाक्म कहरार्े हैं। ववस्भमाहदफोधक वाक्मों (Exclamatory sentence) के अन्र् भें ववस्भमाहदफोधक चचन्ह (!) रगार्े हैं।
Example:
- वाह-वाह ! हभायी टीभ ने भैच जीर् शरमा हैं।
  Hurrah! Our team has won the match.
- ओह ! अननर महाॉ हैं।
  Oh! Anil is here.
- ओप ! उड़ीसा भें कई रोग भयें।
  Alas! Many people died in Orrisa.
  What र्था How का प्रमोग कयके बी ववस्भमाहदफोधक वाक्म फनामे जार्े हैं। ऐसे वाक्मों के अन्र् भें सहामक क्रिमा मा क्रिमा के फाद भें ववस्भमाहदफोधक चचन्ह (!) रगामा जार्ा हैं।
  Example:
  - झॊकाय क्रकर्ना अच्छा रड़का हैं! What a good boy Jhankar is!
  - वे क्रकर्ना धीये चर यहे हैं! How slowly they are walking!

Parts of Speech (ऩार्ट्स ऑप स्ऩीच) शब्द-बेद

A word are spoken or written together in a specific manner to create meaningful sentences. The interpretation of the message can be changed in how the words are arranged or used.

In order to get the proper sequence of words to deliver the correct message we must understand the different categories or parts of speech.

Eight different parts of speech have been identified in the English language, on the basis of which one can create and deliver a sentence with the proper content and message.

ककसी बी वातम को सरखने मा फोरने के सरए शब्दों के सभूह का उऩमोग ककमा जाता है. वातम भें भौजूद सॊदेश को सही बाव औय अथथ भें ऩेश कयन ऩाना ही एक अच्छे बाषा के जानकाय की सही ऩहचान है.

शब्दों के उऩमोग के प्रकाय औय वातम के बाव से तम होता है कक वातम ककस श्रेणी का है. शब्दों के सही उऩमोग को सभझने के सरमे ववशषऻों ने उन्हें 8 भुख्म वगों भें फाॉटा है. इन वगों को English

बाषा भें Parts of Speech औय दहदी शब्द-बेद कहते हैं.

8 प्रकाय के Parts of Speech (शब्द-बेद) इस प्रकाय हैं...

NOUN (सॊज्ञा)

Generally, the purpose of a sentence is to provide information about or give instructions to a person, animal, place or thing.

The word or words used in the sentence that refer to the name of the person, animal, place or thing are known as Noun. It is probably the most widely used part of speech.

वातम का उप्मोग आभ तौय ऩय ककसी व्मक्तत, स्थान मा वस्तु के फाये भें जानकायी मा उसे कोई ननदेश देने के सरमे ककमा जाता है. वातम भें प्रमुतत होने वारे ककसी बी व्मक्तत, स्थान

मा वस्तु के नाभ को Noun कहते हैं. ऐसे शब्दों को दहदी व्माकयण भें इसे सॊज्ञा कहते हैं.

सॊऻा की तयह उप्मोग भें रामे जाने वारे अधधकाॊश शब्दों को अरग से ऩहचाना जा सकता है. जेसे याभ (Ram), रड़का (boy), गुराफ (gulab), घय (house) मे सबी नाउन के उदाहयण हैं.

All words used in a sentence as a name for any person, place, animal, object etc

come under the classification of noun.

Noun के अतगत भौजूद हो.

हय वह शब्द आता है जो ककसी व्मक्तत, स्थान मा वस्तु के नाभ के रूऩ भें वातम

Nouns can be further sub-classified into various categories depending on the type of object they refer to.

ककसी के नाभ से प्रकट होने वारे ववशषता के अनुसाय noun को कई प्रकाय से वधगक है.

ृ त ककमा जाता

Kinds of Noun (सॊऻा के प्रकाय)

Nouns are classified as follows -

Proper noun
Common noun (i) Collective noun

(ii) Abstract noun

Proper noun (व्मक्ति वाचक सॊऻा):

A proper noun is a name of a person, place, or thing. The first letter of a proper noun is always represented by a capital letter.

व्मजक्र्, वस्र्ु मा स्थान के ववशशष्ट नाभ को व्मजक्र्वाचक सॊऻा कहर्े हैं। अग्रेजी भें

व्मजक्र्वाचक सॊऻा का ऩहरा अऺय फड़ा ( Capital letter)आर्ा हैं। व्मजक्र्वाचक सॊऻाएॉ प्राम: एकवचन के रुऩ भें प्रमुक्र् होर्ी हैं।

Proper Nouns
Name of the Month and Day	May, June, Sunday, and Monday.
Names of Company's	Microsoft, GAIL, NTPC.
Names of People	Ram, Navendu, Rahim.
Names of Places	JLN Hospital, Town Hall, Jaipur.
Names of Books, Newspapers, Plays etc.	The Hindustan Times, Geetanjali, Hockey.

Proper noun sometime used as common noun.

Example:

1. कारीदास को प्राम: बायर् का शतसऩीमय (भहान नाटककाय) कहा जार्ा हैं।

Kalidas is often called the Shakespeare (the greatest dramatist) of India.

Common noun (जानर्वाचक सॊऻा):

A common noun is a name given to one of a class of persons, animals, or things.
जजस सॊऻा भें क्रकसी प्रकाय की वस्र्ुओॊ मा व्मजक्र्ओॊ का फोध होर्ा हो, उसे जानर्वाचक सॊऻा कहर्े हैं।
Common nouns are-
- Simply refer to general objects, a non specific person, or people, or place.
- Objects that do not have a specific name.
- Common nouns are not written with a capital letter, unless they start a sentence.
- Common nouns are represented in the singular and plural form.
- Common nouns can be used with indefinite article.

Example: King, girl, boy, town, city, country etc, are the name of common to person or place. Hence, these are the common noun.

Common noun	Proper noun
Girl	Sita
Boy	Jhankar
city	Beawar
Country	India

Common noun is further classified as follows.

Collective noun (सभूहवाचक सॊऻा):

Collective noun is the name of collection of person or things.

क्रकसी व्मजक्र ् मा वस्र्ुओॊ के सभूह के नाभ कोसभूहवाचक सॊऻा कहर्े हैं।

Crowd	-	A collection of people.
Army	-	A collection of soldiers.
Fleet	-	A collection of ships.
Flock	-	A group of birds or animals.
Committee	-	A group of members.
Herd	-	A group of animals.
Jury	-	A body of men sworn to declare the truth in courts of justice.

Example:

o ऩशुओॊ का एक सभूह गुजय यहा हैं।

A herd of cattle is passing.

o ऩुशरस ने बीड़ को इधय-उधय क्रकमा।

The police dispersed the crowd.

o ऩॊचों ने कै दी को दोषी ऩामा।

The jury found the prisoner guilty.

Abstract noun (बाववाचक सॊऻा):

Abstract nouns are names of qualities, conditions, or actions, considered abstractly, or apart from their natural connection.

जजस सॊऻा से क्रकसी व्मजक्र् मा वस्र्ु के गुण, दोष, दशा, स्वबाव मा अवस्था का फोध होर्ा हो, उसे बाववाचक सॊऻा कहर्े हैं।

Abstract nouns are-

Nouns that can't be touched, tasted, seen, heard, smelt or felt.

Usually represent feeling, ideas, state, action and qualities.

Quality

goodness, kindness, whiteness,

darkness, wisdom, bravery

Action

theft, fight, movement, hatred,

laughter,

State

childhood, youth, sleep, death,

poverty,

Name of art and science (grammar, music, physics etc) are also abstract noun. Noun can be further divided in to two parts.

Countable nouns (गणनीम सॊऻा): Nouns that can be counted.
वे सॊऻाएॉ जजन्हें चगना जा सके Countable nouns कहर्े हैं। इन सॊऻाओॊ को एकवचन र्था फहुवचन दोनो ही रुऩों भें व्मक्र् क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Example:
- हभायी काय कारी हैं।
  Our car is black.
  - रड़क्रकमा रम्फी हैं।
    The girls are tall.
  - कभयें भें र्ीन खखड़क्रकम ॊ हैं।
    There are three windows in the room.
Uncountable nouns (अगणनीम सॊऻा): Nouns that can't be counted. वे सॊऻाएॉ जजन्हें चगना नही जा सके Uncountable nouns कहर्े हैं। Example:
- भुझे थोड़ा ऩानी चाहहमे।
  I want some water.
- कृ प्मा भुझे थोड़ी शक्कय दीजजमें।

Please give me some sugar.

Noun: Gender (सॊऻा: लरग)

शरग की दृजष्ट से सॊऻा को चाय वगो भें ववबक्र् क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Masculine gender (ऩुज्रॊग):
A noun that denotes a male animal is known as masculine gender. ऩुरूष जानर् का फोध कयाने वारी सॊऻा को ऩुज्रॊग कहर्े हैं। Example: Boy, Lion, Horse.
Feminine gender (स्त्रीशरग):
A noun that denotes a female animal is known as feminine gender. स्त्री जानर् का फोध कयाने वारी सॊऻा को ऩुज्रॊग कहर्े हैं। Example: Girl, Lioness, mare.
Neuter gender (नऩुॊसकशरग):
A noun that denotes a thing that is neither male nor female is known as neuter gender.
वे सॊऻाएॉ जो न र्ो ऩुरूष जानर् की हो औय न ही स्त्री जानर् की नऩुॊसकशरग कहरार्ी
हैं। भुख्मर्मा: इस वगा भें ननजीव वस्र्ुओॊ र्था सभूहवाचक सॊऻाओॊ को सजम्भशरर् क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Example: Book, room, table, crowd, family, sun, summer, moon.
Common gender (उबमशरग):

A noun that denotes either a male or a female animal is known as common gender.

स्त्री र्था ऩुरूष दोनों के शरए ही प्रमुक्र् होने वारी सॊऻा को उबमशरग

Example: Parent, child, friend, servant, infant, enemy, cousin.

सॊऻा कहर्े हैं।

There are many ways of forming the feminine nouns-

By using entirely different word.
Masculine
Feminine
Bachelor
Spinster
King
Queen
Buck
Doe
Dog
Bitch
Bull
Cow
Ram
Eve
Stag
Hind
Hart (male deer)
Roe (female deer)
Drake (male duck)
Duck
Wizard
Witch
Drone
Bee
Lord
lady
By adding suffix (–ess)
Masculine
Feminine
Poet
Poetess
Author
Authoress
Heir
Heiress
Host
Hostess
Mayor
Mayoress
Giant
Giantess
Manager
Manageress
Jew
Jewess
Patron
Patroness
Shepherd
Shepherdess
Peer
Peeress
Priest
Priestess

(-ess is added after dropping the vowel of masculine ending)
Masculine
Feminine
Actor
Actress
Tiger
Tigress
Waiter
Waitress
Founder
Foundress
Hunter
Huntress
Traitor
Traitress
Master
Mistress
Prince
Princess
By placing a word before or after,
Masculine
Feminine
Bull-calf
Cow-calf
Cock-sparrow
Hen-sparrow
He-goat
She-goat
He-beer
She-beer
Man-servant
Maid-servant
Jack-ass
Jenny-ass
Peacock
Peahen
Washer-man
Washer-woman
कई फाय भर् मा ननजीव वस्र्ुओॊ को भानवीम रूऩ दने े के शरए उन्हें जीववर् की र्यह
प्रमोग भें रार्े हैं। ऐसी जस्थनर् भें हभ उन्हें स्त्री मा ऩुरूष की र्यह सम्फोचधर् कयर्े हैं।

Example:
- सूमा सबी को सभान योशनी दर्े ा हैं।
  The sun shed his beams alike to all.
- चाॊद फादरों के ऩीछे छु ऩ गमा।
  The moon has hidden her face behind a cloud.
- फसन्र् ने धयर्ी को हया-बया कय हदमा।

Spring has spread her mantle of green over the earth.

Noun: Number (सॊऻा: वचन)

वचन की दृजष्ट से सॊऻा को दो वगो भें ववबक्र् क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Singular number (एकवचन):
A noun that denotes one person or thing is known as singular noun.
वह सॊऻा जजसभे क्रकसी एक व्मजक्र् मा वस्र्ु का फोध होर्ा हो, उसे एकवचन कहर्े हैं।
Example: Boy, girl, ox, tree, man.
Plural number (फहुवचन):

A noun that denotes one person or thing is known as singular noun.

वह सॊऻा जजसभे एक से अचधक व्मजक्र् मा वस्र्ुओॊ का फोध होर्ा हो, उसे फहुवचन कहर्े हैं।

Example: Boys, girls, oxen, trees, men. There are many ways of forming the plural-

फहुवचन फनार्े सभम एकवचन सॊऻा के साथ –s रगा देर्े हैं।

Singular
plural
Singular
Plural
Boy
Boys
Table
Tables
Chair
Chairs
Car
Cars
Cow
Cows
Desk
Desks
Pen
Pens
House
houses
महद एकवचन सॊऻा के अन्र् भें (-s, -sh, -ch, -x, -o) हो र्ो फहुवचन फनार्े सभम –
es रगार्े हैं।

Singular
plural
Singular
Plural
Bus
Buses
Glass
Glasses
Dish
Dishes
Brush
Brushes
Branch
Branches
Match
Matches
Box
Boxes
Tax
Taxes
Tomato
Tomatoes
Hero
heroes
कु छ एकवचन सॊऻाएॉ जजनके अन्र् भें (-o) हो र्ो बी फहुवचन फनार्े सभम –s
रगार्े हैं।

Singular
plural
Singular
Plural
Dynamo
Dynamos
Solo
Solos
Photo
Photos
Ratio
Ratios
Kilo
Kilos
Logo
logos
महद एकवचन सॊऻा के अन्र् भें -y हो र्ो फहुवचन फनार्े सभम -y को -i भें फदर कय –es रगार्े हैं। ऩयन्र्ु महद -y से ऩूवा vowel (a, e, i, o, or u) हो र्ो फहुवचन फनार् सभम (–s) रगार्े हैं।

Singular
plural
Singular
Plural
Baby
Babies
Story
Stories
City
Cities
Lady
Ladies
Day
Days
Donkey
donkeys
Army
Armies
Pony
Ponies
महद एकवचन सॊऻा के अन्र् भें (-f, -fe) हो र्ो फहुवचन फनार्े सभम -f/ -fe को -v
भें फदर कय –s /-es रगार्े हैं।

Singular
plural
Singular
Plural
Thief
Thieves
Calf
Calves
Wife
Wives
Knife
Knives
Loaf
Loaves
Wolf
Wolves
कु छ एकवचन सॊऻाओॊ भें आमे vowel को फदर देर्े हैं।

Singular
plural
Singular
Plural
Man
Men
Gentleman
gentlemen
Tooth
Teeth
Foot
Feet
Mouse
Mice
Louse
Lice
Goose
Geese
Man-singer
Men-singers
एकवचन सॊऻा के अन्र् भें (-en) रगाकय फहुवचन फनार्े हैं।

Singular
plural
Singular
Plural
Ox
Oxen
Child
children
सॊक्षऺप्र् रूऩों के अन्र् भें छोटा (-s) रगाकय फहुवचन फनार्े हैं।

Singular
plural
Singular
Plural
MLA
MLAs
MP
MPs
VIP
VIPs
CM
CMs
कु छ सॊऻाओॊ के एकवचन र्था फहुवचन सभान होर्े हैं।

Aircraft
Deer
Swine
Sheep
Cod
Salmon
Pair
Dozen
Score
Hundred
million
gross
कु छ सॊऻाएॉ फहुवचन रूऩ भें ही प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं।

Scissors
Alms
Jeans
Tongs
Spectacles
Trousers
Measles
Mumps
Billiards
Annals
Thanks
breches
कु छ सॊऻाएॉ फहुवचन रूऩ भें होर्े हुए बी एकवचन रूऩ भें प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं।

Physics
Innings
News
Politics
कु छ सभूहवाचक सॊऻाएॉ एकवचन भें होर्े हुए बी फहुवचन रूऩ भें प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं।

Cattle
People
Gentry
poultry

कु छ सॊऻाओॊ का एकवचन भें एक अथा होर्ा हैं र्था फहुवचन भें दो अथा होर्े हैं।

Singular		Plural
Arm	फाह	Arms	फाह, शस्त्र
Colour	यॊग	colours	यॊग, झण्ड़ा
Manner	र्यीका	Manners	र्यीके , शशष्टाचाय
Custom	प्रथा	Customs	प्रथाएॉ, आमार् शु्क
Spectacle	दृश्म	Spaectales	दृश्म, चश्भा
Pain	ददा	Pains	ददा, ऩयवाह

Letter	अऺय, ऩत्र	Letters	अऺय, ऩत्र, साहहत्म
Moral	उऩदेश	Morals	उऩदेश, आचयण

कु छ सॊऻाओॊ के एकवचन रूऩ भें दो अथा होर्े हैं र्था फहुवचन रूऩ भें एक अथ होर्ा हैं।

Singular

Plural

Light
प्रकाश, रैम्ऩ
Lights
रैम्ऩ
Powder
धरु , दवा
Powders
दवा
Practice
आदर्, व्मामाभ
Practices
आदर्
बाववाचक सॊऻा के फहुवचन नही होर्े हैं।
Example: Hope, charity, kindness, death

ऩयन्र्ु जफ इन्हें फहुवचन रूऩ भें प्रमुक्र् कयर्े हैं र्ो जानर्वाचक सॊऻा के रूऩ भें प्रमोग भें रेर्े हैं।
Kindnesses – Acts of kindness Provocations – cases of provocation
धार्ुओॊ के फहुवचन नही होर्े हैं।
Example: copper, tin, wood

ऩयन्र्ु जफ इन्हें फहुवचन रूऩ भें प्रमुक्र् कयर्े हैं र्ो जानर्वाचक सॊऻा के रूऩ भें प्रमोग भें रेर्े हैं।
Woods – forests, Coppers – copper coin or rod, Irons - fetters
अऺय र्था अक

ों के फहुवचन फनार्े सभम सम्फन्धकायक चचन्ह (apostrophe) क

साथ –s रगार्े हैं।

Example:

1920 व 29 के फीच मह ववद्मारम प्रायम्ब हुआ।
This school started in 20’s.
दो फाय चाय व र्ीन फाय ऩाॊच जोड़ों।
Add two 4’s and three 5’s.
Noun: Case (सॊऻा: कायक)
कायक की दृजष्ट से सॊऻा को र्ीन वगो भें ववबक्र् क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
1. Nominative case (कर्ााकायक)
2. Objective case (कभकायक)
3. Possessive case (अचधकायकायक)
1. Nominative case (कर्ााकायक):
  When a noun or pronoun is used as the subject of a verb, it is known as Nominative case.
  
  जफ सॊऻा को क्रिमा के कर्ाा के रूऩ भें प्रमोग भें रामा जार्ा हैं र्ो उसे कर्ााकायक कहर्े हैं। क्रिमा के साथ कर्ााकायक 'कौन मा क्रकसने' प्रश्न का उत्र्य देर्े हैं।
  
  Example:
नवेन्दु ने गेंद पैं की।
Navendu threw a ball.
झॊकाय ने गेंद को रार् भायी।
Jhankar kicked the ball.
उऩयोक्र् वाक्मों भें नवेन्दु र्था झॊकाय कर्ााकायक, एवॊ गेंद कभकायक हैं।
‘Navendu and Jhankar’ are the answer of word “Who” and ‘a ball’ answers the word “what” and ‘the ball’ answers the word “whom”
1. Objective case (कभकायक):
When a noun or pronoun is used as the object of a verb, it is known as Objective or Accusative case.

जफ सॊऻा को क्रिमा के कभा के रूऩ भें प्रमोग भें रामा जार्ा हैं र्ो उसे कभकायक कहर्े हैं। क्रिमा के साथ कभकायक 'क्मा मा क्रकसको' प्रश्न का उत्र्य देर्े हैं।

Example:
नवेन्दु ने गेंद पैं की।
Navendu threw a ball.
झॊकाय ने गेंद को रार् भायी।
Jhankar kicked the ball.
उऩयोक्र् वाक्मों भें गेंद कभकायक हैं।
‘a ball’ answers the word “what” and ‘the ball’ answers the word “whom”

Dative and Accusative case
- नवेन्दु ने झॊकाय को गेंद दी।
  Navendu gave Jhankar a ball.
  In this sentence Jhankar is Indirect object of verb gave and known as Dative case. While ball, is Direct object of verb, and known as Accusative case.
  
  Example:
फच्चे के शरए थोड़ा दध

राओ।
Fetch the baby some milk = Fetch some milk for the baby.
- उसने भेये शरए नई ऩोशाक फनाई।
  She made me a new dress = She made a new dress for me.
- भेये शरए ऩानी राओ।

Get me some water = Get some water for me.

Possessive case (अचधकायकायक)

When the form of noun or pronoun is used to show ownership or possession, it is known as Possessive or Genitive case.

जफ सॊऻा अचधकाय मा सम्फन्ध दशााने के शरए प्रमुक्र् हो र्ो उसे सम्फन्धकायक मा अचधकायकायक कहर्े हैं।

Example:

मह नवेन्दु की ऩशैं सर हैं।
This is Navendu’s pencil.

मे झॊकाय के खखरौने हैं।

These are Jhankar’s toys.

उऩयोक्र् वाक्मों भें 'नवेन्दु की' र्था 'झॊकाय के ' अचधकायकायक हैं।

“Navendu’s and Jhankar’s” are the answer of word “Whose”.

इस कायक का उऩमोग के वर अचधकाय दशााने के शरए ही नही क्रकमा जार्ा फज्क इसका उऩमोग उत्ऩनर्, प्रकाय र्था साहहत्म के रेखक के शरए बी क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Rama’s poem - The poem written by Rama, Brahma’s temple - temple dedicated to brahma, Darvin’s theory - theory developed by Darvin,

Possessive case are used with-

Name of living things.

Rama’s book, Elephant’s tusk, the leg of stool (not- the stool’s leg)
Name of nouns showing time, distance, weight and space.

In a year’s time, a foot’s length, a kilo’s weight,
Name of political parties, country and group of people.

Group’s leader, India’s river
Name of personified things and object.

Nature’s law, India’s hero, sun’s ray, world’s population
Name of noun showing trade, profession or relationship in concern with the place of business.

I am educated at rural’s; I am going to my uncle’s

Apostrophe is not used for Possessive of pronoun.

Yours, ours, its, hers

Nominative(Subject)	Accusative (Object)	Possessive (possession)
I	Me	My, Mine
We	Us	Our, Ours
You	You	Your, Yours
He	Him	His
She	Her	Her, Hers
It	It	Its
They	Them	Their, Theirs
Who	Whom	Whose
Navendu	Navendu	Navendu’s
Girl	Girl	Girl’s
Girls	Girls	Girls’

When the noun is plural, and ends with s, the possessive case is formed by adding only an apostrophe.

Boys’ school, girls’ hostel

Adjective (ववशेषण)

सॊऻा की ववशषर्ा फर्ाने वारे शब्द को ववशषण कहर्े हैं।
Adjective is a word that tells what kind of a person, place, animal or a thing is. In other words adjective tells something about the noun.
The adjective usually stands before the noun as it is, related to the noun. Usually adjectives are of three categories:
Example:
- Ram is honest boy (Quality of person).
- Tree is green (Color of tree).
- Fruits are sweet (Taste of fruit).
Adjectives are divided into following classes-
1. Adjective of Quality
2. Adjective of Quantity
3. Adjective of Numbers
4. Demonstrative adjective
5. Interrogative adjective
6. Emphasizing adjective
7. Exclamatory adjective
1. Adjective of Quality (गुणवाचक ववशषण ): The words which show the quality or state of noun are called the adjective of quality. This adjective answer the question: Of what kind?
  वे शब्द जो सॊऻा के गुण मा दशा दशाार्े हो, गुणवाचक ववशषण कहरार्े हैं।
  Example:
  - करकर्ा एक फड़ा शहय हैं।
    Calcutta is a big city.
  - प्रकाश एक ईभानदाय रड़का हैं।
    Prakash is an honest boy.
  - भोहन एक उऩद्रवी रड़का हैं।
    Mohan is a mischievous boy.
  - बायर्ीम चाम ऩूये ववश्व भें ननमाार् की जार्ी हैं।
    Indian tea is exported all over the world.
  - सुयेश एक फहादय रड़का हैं।
    Suresh is a brave boy.
2. Adjective of Quantity (ऩरयभाणवाचक ववशषण): The word which shows the quantity or degree of a noun is called adjective of quantity. This adjective answer the question: How much?
  वे शब्द जो सॊऻा की भात्रा दशाार्े हो, ऩरयभाणवाचक ववशषण कहरार्े हैं।
  Example:
  - गरी भें कु छ आदभी हैं।
    There are some men in the street.
  - फर्न
    भें फहुर् कभ ऩानी था।
    There was a little water in the pot.
  - साया धन खचा कय हदमा गमा।
    The whole sum was expended.
  - अऩने स्वास्थ्म का ठीक से ध्मान यखो।
    Take great care of your health.
3. Adjective of Numbers (सॊख्मावाचक ववशषण ): The words which show the number of things or person are called adjective of number (Numeral Adjective). This adjective answer the question: How many?
  वे शब्द जो सॊऻा की सॊख्मा दशाार्े हो, सॊख्मावाचक ववशषण कहरार्े हैं।
  Example:
  1. Definite Numeral Adjective, Denotes an exact number.
    - भैं फायहवीॊ कऺा भें ऩढ़र्ा हूॉ।
      I read in class XII.
    - रर्ा के दो फहहने हैं।
      Lata has two sisters.
  2. Indefinite Numeral Adjective, Don’t denote an exact number.
    - कु छ छात्र चर्ुय हैं।
      Some boys are claver.
    - सबी रोगों काॊ भयना हैं।
      All men must die.
  3. Distributive Numeral Adjective, Refer to each one of a noun.
    - सबी छात्रों की फायी आनी चाहहए।
      Each boy must take his turn
    - इस कथन के सबी शब्द गरर् हैं।
  Every word of this statement is false.
4. Demonstrative adjective (सॊके िवाचक ववशषण ): The word which point out the person, thing or place are called demonstrative pronoun. This adjective answer the question: Which?
  वे शब्द जो सॊऻा मा सवनाभ (व्मजक्र्, वस्र्ु मा स्थान) से ऩहरे आकय उनकी ओय सॊके र् कयर्े हो, सॊके र्वाचक ववशषण कहरार्े हैं।
  Example:
  - मे सेव सड़े हुऐ हैं।
    These apples are rotten.
  - वे रड़के खेर यहे हैं।
    Those boys are playing.
  - इर्नी ज्दफाजी भर् कयों।
    Don’t be in such a hurry.
  - वह व्मजक्र् उद्मोगऩनर् हैं।
    That man is industrialist.
5. Interrogative adjective (प्रश्नवाचक ववशषण ): When words like what, which and whose, are used with noun to ask questions are called interrogative adjective.
  वे शब्द जो प्रश्न ऩूछने के शरए प्रमोग भें रामे जार्े हैं, प्रश्नवाचक ववशषण कहरार्े हैं।
  Example:
  - वह घय कफ आर्ा हैं।
    When does he come home?
  - वह कै सा व्मजक्र् हैं।
    What kind of man is he?
6. Emphasizing adjective (ननजवाचक ववशषण): The adjective which reflect emphasis on subject called emphasizing adjective.
  वे ववशषण जो कर्ाा ऩय जो ड़ारर्े हो, ननजवाचक ववशषण कहरार्े हैं।
  Example:
  - भने स्वमॊ उसे देखा हैं।
    I saw it with my own eyes.
  - हभे जो चाहहए वह वही वस्र्ु हैं।
    That is the very thing we want.
7. Exclamatory adjective (ववस्भमादिफोधक ववशषण ): The word what is sometimes used as an exclamatory adjective.
  वे ववशषण जो ववस्भम मा आकजस्भक अनूबुनर् दशाार्े हो, ववस्भमाहदफोधक ववशषण कहरार्े हैं।
  Example:
  - What an idea!
  - What a piece of work is man!
  - What genius!
Pronoun (सवनाभ)
Any word that used in the absence of the noun or is used instead of the noun is known as Pronoun.
सॊऻा के स्थान ऩय प्रमुक्र् होने वारे शब्द को सवन
Example:
ाभ कहर्े हैं।
Ramesh is absent. We can use "He" instead of Ramesh. If we don't want to refer any person, place or anything by name, then we use the words like "He", "it", "she", "they", etc. instead of naming anyone of them. The words that are used in the absence of the Nouns are termed as Pronouns.

Pronouns are classified as follows –
1. Personal pronoun
2. Reflective and Emphatic pronoun
3. Demonstrative pronoun
4. Indefinite pronoun
5. Distributive pronoun
6. Relative pronoun
7. Interrogative pronoun
8. Reciprocal pronoun
9. Exclamatory pronoun
10. Impersonal pronoun
1. Personal pronoun (व्मक्तिवाचक सवनाभ ): Pronoun which denotes the speaker, listener and the third person.
  वे सवनाभ जो फोरने वारे, सुनने वारे मा अन्म ऩुरूष का फोध कयार्े हो, व्मजक्र्वाचक सवनाभ कहरार्े हैं।
  Example:
  I, We, you, He, She, It, They etc. are personal pronoun because these are stands for three person.
  Person who speaks (जो स्वमॊ कु छ कहर्े हो) - First person
  Person spoken to (जजससे कु छ कहा जाए) - Second person Person spoken of (जजसके फाये भें कु छ कहा जाए) - Third person
  
  Person
  Nominative(Subject)
  Accusative
  
  (Object)
  Possessive
  
  (possession)
  1st person
  I
  Me
  My, Mine
  We
  Us
  Our, Ours
  2nd person
  You
  You
  Your, Yours
  3rd person
  He
  Him
  His
  She
  Her
  Her, Hers
  It
  It
  Its
  They
  Them
  Their, Theirs
  Who
  Whom
  Whose
2. Reflexive and Emphatic pronoun (ननजवाचक सवनाभ): A reflexive pronoun reflects again that the action done by the subject. Reflexive pronoun is used as the object of a verb.
  कर्ाा महद स्वमॊ के शरए कामा कयर्ा हैं र्था उसे self द्वाया प्रकट कयर्ा हैं र्ो उसे ननजवाचक सवनाभ कहर्े हैं। ननजवाचक सवनाभ को क्रिमा के कभा के रुऩ भें प्रमोग भें रामा जार्ा हैं।
  
  Subject
  Reflexive pronoun
  I
  Myself
  We
  ourselves
  You
  Yourself
  He
  Himself
  She
  herself
  They
  Themselves
  It
  Itself
  One
  oneself
  Example:
  - याजेश वस्त्र स्वमॊ शसरर्ा हैं।
    Rajesh stitches the clothes himself.
    
    Reflexive pronouns are also used together with the preposition “by” to give meaning of “alone” or “without help”.
    ननजवाचक सवनाभ का प्रमोग “by” preposition रगाकय बी क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। जो 'अके रा मा बफना सहामर्ा के ' का अथा देर्ा हैं।
  - याजेश बफना सहामर्ा के वस्त्र स्वमॊ शसरर्ा हैं।
    Rajesh stitches the clothes by himself.
    
    Reflexive pronoun refers to the subject if it is used after noun or pronoun for the shake of emphasis, and is therefore known as Emphatic pronouns
    जफ कर्ाा ऩय जोय हदमा जाए र्ो सवनाभ का प्रमोग कर्ाा के ठीक फाद भें क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  - याजेश स्वमॊ वस्त्र शसरर्ा हैं।
    Rajesh himself stitches the clothes.
3. Demonstrative pronoun (सॊके र्वाचक सवनाभ): This pronoun is used to point out the object or noun to which they refer, and are, therefore, known as Demonstrative pronoun.
  जो सवनाभ वाक्म भें आई सॊऻा की ओय सॊके र् कये, सॊके र्वाचक सवनाभ कहरार्े हैं।
  Example:
  - मह क्रकर्ाफ भेयी ही हैं।
    This book is mine.
  - वह क्मा आवाज थी?
    What was that noise?
    - मह इससे अच्छा हैं।
      This is better then this.
    - मह चचत्र्ौंड़गढ़ का क्रकरा हैं।
      This is the fort of Chittorgarh.
    - वे जूर्े आऩके हैं।
    Those shoes are yours.
4. Indefinite pronoun (अननश्चमवाचक सवनाभ ): A pronoun that refer to persons or things in a general way, but don’t refer in particular are called Indefinite pronoun.(anybody, anyone, everybody, each, some, few, many, all, others and everyone are Indefinite pronoun)
  क्रकसी अननजश्चर् व्मजक्र् मा वस्र्ु के शरए प्रमोग भें आने वारे सवन सवनाभ कहरार्े हैं।
  Example:
  - दसयो का बरा कयो।
    Do well to others.
    ाभ अननश्चमवाचक
  - थोड़ा दध पट गमा।
    Some milk was split.
  - कु छ रोग जन्भजार् भहान होर्े हैं।
    Some are born great.
  - फच्चे को फचाने वारा वहाॉ कोई नही था।
    Nobody was there to rescue the child.
  - कु छ रोगों को सुयक्षऺर् फचा शरमा गमा।
    Few escaped unhurt.
5. Distributive pronoun (ववबागसूचक सवनाभ ): These pronouns refer to persons or
  things one at a time, known Distributive pronoun. For this reason these are always singular.(Each, Either, Neither, Any, No one and None are Distributive pronoun)
  व्मजक्र्मों मा वस्र्ुओॊ को ऩथ
  Example:
  क कयने वारे सवन
  ाभ ववबागसूचक सवन
  ाभ कहरार्े हैं।
  - दोनों भें से कोई एक छात्र घय जा सकर्ा हैं।
  Either of two students can go home.
6. Relative pronoun (सम्फन्धवाचक सवनाभ ): A pronoun which shows relation of a noun is known as relative pronoun.
  वह सवन
  ाभ जो वाक्म भें उससे ऩहरे आई हुई सॊऻा से सम्फन्ध प्रकट कयर्ा हो,
  सम्फन्धवाचक सवनाभ कहरार्ा हैं। र्था दो वाक्मों को जोड़ने का कामा कयर्ा हैं।
  Forms of relative pronoun
  Noun
  Relative pronoun
  Person
  Who (Nominative)
  
  Whom (Accusative)
  
  Whose (Possessive/Genitive)
  Animal & things
  Which, That
  Time
  When, On which (complex sentence)
  Place
  Where
  
  Example:
  - र्ुभ हभेशा जजस फच्चे को ड़ाटर्े यहर्े हो, वह भेया बर्ीजा हैं।
    You always scold the boy who is my cousin.
  - भैं जजस फच्चे को ऩढ़ार्ा हूॉ, उसे र्ुभ अच्छी र्यह जानर्े हों।
    I teach the boy whom you know very well.
  - वह वही रड़की हैं, जजसके वऩर्ा कनर हैं।
    That is the girl whose father is a colonel.
  - भुझे वह ऩेन शभर गमा हैं, जो गुभ गमा था।
    I have found the pen which I had lost.
  - र्ुभने जो क्रकर्ाफ भुझे दी थी, वो महाॉ हैं।
    Here is the book that you lent me.
  - जजस हदन वह महाॉ आमा यवववाय था।
    The day when he came was Sunday.
  - र्ुपान वारे हदन वह महाॉ आमा था।
    The day on which he came here was stormy.
  - मह वही स्थान हैं, जहाॉ रोग घुभने आर्े हैं।
    This is the place where people come for picnic.
  - याभ ही वह व्मजक्र् था, जजसने भेयी सहामर्ा की।
    Ram was the only man who helped me.
7. Interrogative pronoun (प्रश्नवाचक सवनाभ ): A pronoun which is used for asking a question, is, termed as interrogative pronoun.
  वह सवनाभ जो प्रश्न ऩूछने का कामा कयर्ा हो, प्रश्नवाचक सवनाभ कहरार्ा हैं।
  Example:
  - र्ुम्हाया नाभ क्मा हैं?
    What is your name? (Nominative)
  - क्मा फार् हैं?
    What is the matter? (Nominative)
  - र्ुभने क्रकनको देखा?
    Whom do you see? (Accusative)
  - मह ऩेन र्ुम्हें क्रकसने हदमा?
    Who gave you this pen? (Nominative)
  - मह क्रकसकी क्रकर्ाफ हैं?
    Whose book is this? (Genitive/possessive)
    - मह क्रकनका हो सकर्ा हैं?
    To whom it may concern? (Nominative)
8. Reciprocal pronoun (ऩयस्ऩयवाचक सवनाभ ): A pronoun which relates two or more person or thigh called reciprocal pronoun.
  दो मा दो से अचधक व्मजक्र्मों मा वस्र्ुओॊ भें ऩयस्ऩय सम्फन्ध फर्ाने वारा सवनाभ ऩयस्ऩयवाचक सवनाभ कहरार्ा हैं।
  Example:
  - छात्रों ने एक दसये की सहामर्ा की।
    The students helped each other.
  - दो रड़कों ने आऩस भें उऩहाय हदमा।
    Two boys gave gifts to one another.
9. Exclamatory pronoun (ववस्भमादिफोधक सवनाभ ): a pronoun used as an exclamation is known exclamatory pronoun.
  ववस्भम प्रकट कयने वारे सवनाभ ववस्भमाहदफोधक सवनाभ कहरार्े हैं।
  Example:
  - क्मा आऩ भुझे नही जानर्े!
    What! You don’t know me?
  - क्मा आऩ अबी र्क मही हो!
    What! You are still here.
10. Impersonal pronoun (अव्मक्तिवाचक सवनाभ):
- It का प्रमोग ननजीव वस्र्ुओॊ, जानवयों, छोटे फच्चों के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  Example:
  - महद आऩ इस साइक्रकर को चराओॊगे र्ो मह टू ट जाएगी।
    If you drive this bicycle, it will break.
  - वह अऩने कु र्े से प्माय कयर्ा हैं, औय उसके बफना नही यह सकर्ा हैं।
    He loves his dog and cannot live without it.
  - जफ भने फच्चे को देखा वह यो यहा था।
    When I saw the child it was crying.
- सभम, हदन, हदनाॊक, भौसभ के फाये भें जानकायी देर्े सभम it का प्रमोग कयर्े हैं।
Example:
- कर फहुर् ठॊ ड़ थी।
  It was very cold yesterday.
- अबी ऩाॊच फजे हैं।
  It is 5 o’clock now.
- आज यवववाय हैं।
  It is Sunday today.
- आज 11 भई हैं।
  It is eleventh of May today.
  - सॊऻा मा सवनाभ ऩय जोय देने के शरए बी it का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    Example:
    - सफसे ऩहरे भने ववयोध क्रकमा।
      It was I who first protested.
  - अव्मजक्र्वाचक क्रिमाओॊ (impersonal verbs) के कर्ाा के रूऩ भें it का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    Example:
    - वषाा हो यही हैं।
      It is raining.
    - अधेया हो यहा हैं।
      It is darkening.
  - अस्थाई कर्ाा के रूऩ भें it का प्रमोग to be क्रिमा से ऩहरे क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    Example:
    - गरर्ी ढ़ुॊढ़ना आसान हैं।
      It is easy to find fault.
    - मह ननजश्चर् है क्रक र्ुभ गरर् हो।
      It is certain that you are wrong.

Verb (क्रिमा)

कामा का होना मा प्रगनर् ऩय होना क्रिमा कहरार्ी हैं।

The verb is a word that tells about the action being done by the person, and animal.

Example:

He writes.
She works.
The words like writes, works are action words, as they tell the action being done by the noun, hence these are called verbs.
A verb tells us –
This pen is useless.
He feels sorry.
The stick is broken.
Food is eaten.
He writes.
Navendu plays.

Type of Verbs (क्रिमा के प्रकाय)

क्रिमा के साथ कभा के प्रमोग के आधाय ऩय क्रिमा के दो प्रकाय होर्े हैं।

Transitive verb (सकभका
Intransitive verb (अकभक

क्रिमा) क्रिमा)

Transitive verb (सकभक
क्रिमा) – सकभक
क्रिमा वह हैं, जजसभें क्रिमा कर्ाा द्वाया कभा ऩय
स्थानान्र्रयर् होर्ी ह, अथाार् ् क्रिमा का प्रबाव कभा ऩय ऩड़र्ा हैं। ऐसी क्रिमाओॊ के फाद हभेशा
कभा का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
1. Beat, contain, enjoy, hit, need र्था kick आहद क्रिमाओॊ के फाद हभेशा कभा प्रमोग भें रामा जार्ा हैं।
  Example:
  - झॊकाय खाना खा यहा हैं।
    Jhankar is eating food.
    उऩयोक्र् वाक्म भें क्रिमा ‘खा यहाa ह’ ैं का प्रबाव ‘खाना (बोजन) ’ ऩय ऩड़ यहा हैं, अर््
    क्रिमा ‘खा यहा हैं’ सकभक क्रिमा हैं।
2. कु छ क्रिमाओॊ, जैसे – give, ask, offer, promise, and tell के साथ दो कभा प्रमोग भें शरमे जार्
  हैं, इन्हें द्ववकभक क्रिमा कहर्े हैं।
  
  Example:
  - भनैं
    
    े नवेन्दु को एक रुऩमा हदमा।
    I gave Navendu a rupee.
    
    उऩयोक्र् वाक्म भें क्रिमा ‘हदमा’ के दो कभा ‘नवेन्द’
    
    र्था ‘एक रुऩमा ’ हैं। क्रिमा का
    प्रत्मऺ प्रबाव कभा ‘एक रुऩमा ’ ऩय ऩड़र्ा हैं, अर्् मह प्रत्मऺ कभा ( direct object)
    कहरार्ा हैं, जफक्रक क्रिमा का अप्रत्मऺ प्रबाव कभा ‘नवेन्द’
    अप्रत्मऺ कभा (indirect object) कहरार्ा हैं।
    ऩय ऩड़र्ा हैं, अर्् मह
Intransitive verb (अकभक
क्रिमा) – अकभक
क्रिमा वह हैं, जजसभें क्रिमा कर्ाा द्वाया कभ
ऩय स्थानान्र्रयर् नही होर्ी हैं, अथाार् ् क्रिमा का प्रबाव कभा ऩय नही ऩड़र्ा हैं। ऐसी क्रिमाओॊ के फाद कभा का प्रमोग नही क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। मे क्रिमामें के वर क्रिमा (action), दशा (state), अवस्था (being) को ही दशाार्ी हैं।
1. Come, go, fall, die, sleep, र्था lie आहद क्रिमाओॊ के फाद कभा का प्रमोग नही क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  Example:
  - झॊकाय ने रम्फी दौड़ रगाई।
    Jhankar ran a long distance. (Action)
  - झॊकाय सो यहा हैं।
    Jhankar is sleeping. (State)
  - एक दधटना भें याभ की नजय चरी गई।

Ram has lost his sight in an accident. (Being)

The different forms of the verbs are:

1st form (Also called present tense)
2nd form (Past tense)

3rd form (Deep past tense)

1st form ( present tense)	2nd form ( Past tense)	3rd form (Deep past tense)	Present participl
Abuse	Abused	Abused	Abusing
Act	Acted	Acted	Acting
Advise	Advised	Advised	Advising
Agree	Agreed	Agreed	Agreeing
Appear	Appeared	Appeared	Appearing
Arise	Arose	Arisen	Arising
Arrange	Arranged	Arranged	Arranging
Attack	Attacked	Attacked	Attacking
Bear	Bore	Born	Bearing
Beat	Beat	Beaten	Beating
Become	Became	Became	Becoming
Beg	Begged	Begged	Begging
Begin	Began	Begun	Beginning
Believe	Believed	Believed	Believing
Bleed	Bled	Bled	Bleeding
Blow	Blew	Blown	Blowing
Borrow	Borrowed	Borrowed	Borrowing
Bring	Brought	Brought	Bringing
Bring	Brought	Brought	Bringing
Build	Built	Built	Building
Buy	Bought	Bought	Buying
Call	Called	Called	Calling

Present participle Forms of the verbs:

Carry	Carried	Carried	Carrying
Catch	Caught	Caught	Catching
Change	Changed	Changed	Changing
Choose	Chose	Chosen	Choosing
Climb	Climbed	Climbed	Climbing
Collect	Collected	Collected	Collecting
Come	Came	Come	Coming
Cook	Cooked	Cooked	Cooking
Cut	Cut	Cut	Cutting
Dare	Dared	Dared	Daring
Decorate	Decorated	Decorated	Decorating
Defeat	Defeated	Defeated	Defeating
Die	Died	Died	Dying
Dig	Dug	Dug	Digging
Do	Did	Done	Doing
Draw	Drew	Drawn	Drawing
Dream	Dreamt	Dreamt	Dreaming
Drink	Drank	Drunk	Drinking
Drive	Drove	Driven	Driving
Earn	Earned	Earned	Earning
Eat	Ate	Eaten	Eating
Enjoy	Enjoyed	Enjoyed	Enjoying
Enter	Entered	Entered	Entering
Entertain	Entertained	Entertained	Entertaining
Explain	Explained	Explained	Explaining
Face	Faced	Faced	Facing
Fall	Fell	Fallen	Falling
Fill	Filled	Filled	Filling
Find	Found	Found	Finding
Finish	Finished	Finished	Finishing
Float	Floated	Floated	Floating
Fly	Flew	Flown	Flying
Get	Got	Got	Getting
Give	Gave	Given	Giving
Go	Went	Gone	Going
Grant	Granted	Granted	Granting
Grow	Grew	Grown	Growing
Happen	Happened	Happened	Happening
Has/Have	Had	Had	Having
Hate	Hated	Hated	Hating

Hear	Heard	Heard	Hearing
Hide	Hid	Hidden	hiding
Hit	Hit	Hit	Hitting
Hunt	Hunted	Hunted	Hunting
Hurt	Hurt	Hurt	Hurting
Injure	Injured	Injured	Injuring
Invite	Invited	Invited	Inviting
Issue	Issued	Issued	Issuing
Join	Joined	Joined	Joining
Jump	Jumped	Jumped	Jumping
Keep	Kept	Kept	Keeping
Kick	Kicked	Kicked	Kicking
Kill	Killed	Killed	Killing
Know	Knew	Known	Knowing
Land	Lent	Lent	Lending
Lay	Laid	Laid	Laying
Learn	Learnt	Learnt	Learning
Leave	Left	Left	Leaving
Look	Looked	Looked	Looking
Lose	Lost	Lost	Losing
Make	Made	Made	Making
Meet	Met	Met	Meeting
Melt	Melted	Melted	Melting
Miss	Missed	Missed	Missing
Move	Moved	Moved	Moving
Need	Needed	Needed	Needing
Notice	Noticed	Noticed	Noticing
Obey	Obeyed	Obeyed	Obeying
Open	Opened	Opened	Opening
Oppose	Opposed	Opposed	Opposing
Pay	Paid	Paid	Paying
Plant	Planted	Planted	Planting
Play	Played	Played	Playing
Please	Pleased	Pleased	Pleasing
Pray	Prayed	Prayed	Praying
Promise	Promised	Promised	Promising
Push	Pushed	Pushed	Pushing
Quarrel	Quarreled	Quarreled	Quarrelling
Rain	Rained	Rained	Raining
Reach	Reached	Reached	Reaching

Read	Read	Read	Reading
Receive	Received	Received	Receiving
Refuse	Refused	Refused	Refusing
Request	Requested	Requested	Requesting
Resign	Resigned	Resigned	Resigning
Run	Ran	Run	Running
Save	Saved	Saved	Saving
Say	Said	Said	Saying
See	Saw	Seen	Seeing
Shake	Shook	Shaken	Shaking
Shoot	Shot	Shot	Shooting
Show	Showed	Shown	Showing
Sit	Sat	Sat	Sitting
Sleep	Slept	Slept	Sleeping
Spend	Spent	Spent	Spending
Sweep	Swept	Swept	Sweeping
Swim	Swam	Swum	Swimming
Swing	Swung	Swung	Swinging
Take	Took	Taken	Taking
Talk	Talked	Talked	Talking
Teach	Taught	Taught	Teaching
Tear	Tore	Torn	Tearing
Tell	Told	Told	Telling
Think	Thought	Thought	Thinking`
Walk	Walked	Walked	Walking
Write	Wrote	Written	Writing

Agreement of Verb with the Subject

इसका शाजब्दक अथा होर्ा हैं – ‘किाव व क्रिमा की अनरूऩिा ’। अथाार् ् वाक्मों भें कर्ाा के अनस का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

ाय क्रिमा

Person

Present tense

Past tense

Future tense

1st Person

am have V-1st

do not

was had V-2nd

did not

shall

are have V-1st

do not

were had V-2nd

did not

shall

2nd Person

You

are have V-1st

do not

were had V-2nd

did not

will

3rd Person

He and

Singular noun

is has

V-1st (s / es)

does not

was had V-2nd

did not

will

She

is has

V-1st (s / es)

does not

was had V-2nd

did not

will

is has

V-1st (s / es)

does not

was had V-2nd

did not

will

They And

Plural noun

are have V-1st

do not

were had V-2nd

did not

will

एकवचन कर्ाा के साथ एकवचन क्रिमा र्था फहुवचन कर्ाा के साथ फहुवचन क्रिमा प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं।
- Navendu is an innocent boy.
- They are innocent boys.
महद दो सऻ
ा ( noun) मा सवन
ाभ (pronoun) and से जुड़े हो र्ो उनके साथ फहुवचन क्रिमा
प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं।
- Navendu and Jhankar are innocent boys.
- Ram and Rahim are good friends.
  
  ऩयन्र्ु महद एक ही व्मजक्र् मा वस्र्ु के शरए प्रमोग भें आमे हो र्ो and से जुड़े होने ऩय बी एकवचन क्रिमा प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं।
- The controller and principle was there in the meeting. (both are same person)
- My brother and my guide are going with me. (both are different person)
महद दो noun ऩयस्ऩय and से जुड़ कय एक ही बाव व्मक्र् कये र्ो उनके साथ एकवचन क्रिमा प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं।
- Milk and porridge is my favourite breakfast.
- Pen and paper is my daily life.
- Slow and steady wins the race.
महद दो कर्ाा or, nor, either…or मा neither ..nor से जुड़े हो र्ो क्रिमा दसये वारे कर्ाा क
अनस
ाय प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं।
- Either Ram or Rahim has completed it.
- Navendu or his friends are taking part in cultural event.
महद कर्ाा से ऩहरे each, every, no one, none of, either of आहद हो र्ो एकवचन क्रिमा
प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं। र्था दो सऻाएॉ each मा every के साथ and से जुड़े हो र्ो बी
एकवचन क्रिमा प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं।
- Each boy is doing his work.
- None of the boys has solved this question.
- Each boy and each girl was given a banana.
महद फहुवचन सऻ भें रेर्े हैं।
ा के साथ एकचवन कर्ाा प्रमोग भें रामा जामे र्ो एकवचन क्रिमा प्रमोग
- Each of the brothers is honest.
- Neither of the students was sincere.
- The quantity of fruits is not much.
महद many के फाद एकवचन कर्ाा हो र्ो एकवचन क्रिमा प्रमोग भें रेर्े हैं, र्था many क फाद फहुवचन कर्ाा हो र्ो फहुवचन क्रिमा प्रमोग भें रेर्े हैं
- Many boys were failed in math
- Many a boy was enjoying the picnic.
महद सभह
वाचक (collective noun) क्रकसी ऩयू े सभह
का फोध कयामे र्ो उसके साथ एकवचन
क्रिमा का प्रमोग होर्ा ह, प्रमोग होर्ा हैं।
औय महद सभह
के ववशबन्न सदस्मों का फोध कयामे फहुवचन क्रिमा का
- A herd of cattle is passing
- The committee was agreed on the matter.
- The soldiers were rewarded for their bravery.
कु छ सऻाएॉ जो फहवचु न हदखर्ी हैं, ऩयन्र्ु एकवचन होर्ी ह,ैं के साथ एकवचन क्रिमा प्रमोग
भें राई जार्ी हैं। जैसे – News, Physics, wages, means, alms, assets, innings politics
- The news is true.
- Physics is difficult to read.
कु छ सऻाएॉ जो एकवचन हदखर्ी ह,ैं ऩयन्र्ु फहवचु न होर्ी ह,ैं के साथ फहवचु न क्रिमा प्रमोग भें
राई जार्ी हैं। जैसे – cattle, people, vermin, dozen, police
- Many people were killed in riot.
- The police have arrested the terrorist.
महद दो कर्ाा as well as, along with, with, together with, in addition to से जुड़े हो र्ो प्रथभ
कर्ाा के अनसाय क्रिमा का चमन क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- A lady along with her children is sitting there on the seat.
- You as well as Ramesh are going there.
महद कर्ाा none हो र्ो एकवचन मा फहुवचन क्रिमा प्रमोग भें राई जा सकर्ी।
- None is / are waiting for you
वाक्म भें सऻा के साथ most के प्रमोग के आधाय ऩय क्रिमा प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं। महद
वस्र्ु का अचधकाॊश बाग most द्वाया दशाामा जामे र्ो क्रिमा एकवचन र्था most द्वाया कई
वस्र्ओ
ॊ का फोध हो र्ो क्रिमा फहुवचन प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी ।
- Most of the area has been covered by Indian army.
- Most of the students have completed their homework.
It के साथ प्राम् एकवचन क्रिमा प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं।
- It is very funny.
- It is Ram who is my friend.
वाक्म भें there के प्रमोग के आधाय ऩय क्रिमा प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं। महद there का
प्रमोग एक वस्र्ु के शरए हुआ हो र्ो क्रिमा एकवचन र्था there का प्रमोग कई वस्र्ओॊ क शरए क्रकमा गमा हो र्ो फहुवचन क्रिमा प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी ।
- There is no good law college in my town.
- There are a large number of spectators in the stadium.
Nothing but के फाद आने वारी सऻ एकवचन क्रिमा प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं।
ा चाहे एकवचन हो चाहे फहुवचन, उसके फाद हभेशा
- Nothing but players was seen there.
- Nothing but flowers is grown there.
जफ क्रकसी फहुवचन सऻ
ा का प्रमोग सभह
वाचक के रूऩ भें होर्ा हो र्ो उसके फाद भें
एकवचन क्रिमा ऩपमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं।
- Two kilometers is not a big distance.
- Hundred rupees is only I want for this.
A pair of, a couple of, a group of, a bunch of, a fleet of, a flock of के फाद फहुवचन सऻा प्रमोग भें री जार्ी हैं, ऩयन्र्ु क्रिमा एकवचन प्रमोग भें रेर्े हैं।
- This pair of shoes is durable for me.
- A bunch of flowers was given to me.
Noun phrase र्था noun clause के साथ एकवचन क्रिमा प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं।
- What you told is not good for you.
- To take a morning walk is good habit.
a number of, a lot of, a great deal of, plenty of, both of ,several के फाद फहुवचन क्रिमा प्रमोग भें राई जार्ी हैं।
- Lots of people were killed in riot.

Adverbs (क्रिमा ववशेषण)

क्रकसी क्रिमा मा ववशषण की ववशषर्ा फर्ाने वारे शब्द को क्रिमा ववशषण कहर्े हैं। Adverbs are connected with the verb. It adds to the meaning of the verb and tells us how a thing is done, when it is done or where it is done.

Example:

भनोज एक फहुर् चर्ुय रड़का हैं।
Manoj is a very claver boy.
सुमा फहुर् र्ेजी से चभकर्ा हैं।
The sun shines, brightly.
वह फहुर् धाये चरर्ी हैं।
She walks slowly.
र्ुभ फहुर् शभठा फोरर्े हो।
You speak sweetly.
- ववशषण से ऩहरे Too, So, Very, Quite, Rather, Fairly आहद शब्द जोड़कय क्रिमा ववशषण फनार्े हैं। मे सबी ‘फहुर्’ का अथा देर्े हैं।
- ववशषण के साथ ly जोड़कय बी क्रिमा ववशषण फनार्े हैं। मे सबी ‘से’ का अथा
देर्े हैं। (Honestly, Cleverly, Bravely, Slowly)

Adverbs are classified as follows –
1. Adverb of time (which show when)
2. Adverb of frequency (which show how often)
3. Adverb of place (which show where)
4. Adverb of manner (which show how or in what manner)
5. Adverb of degree / quantity (which show how much)
6. Adverb of sentence
  1. Adverb of time (which shows when): An adverb shows the time of an action called adverb of time.
    मे क्रिमा ववशषण क्रिमा का सभम फर्ार्े हैं। इनका प्रमोग वाक्मों के अन्र् भें क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। मे क्रिमा ववशषण साभान्मर्मा क्रिमा के साथ 'कफ' प्रश्न का उत्र्य देर्े हैं। मे ननम्न हैं - Yet, now, soon, yesterday, today, tomorrow, then, far, so, daily, before, late, since and everyday.
    
    Example:
    - भेये वऩर्ाजी कर घय आमें।
      My father came home yesterday.
    - वह महाॉ योजाना आर्ा हैं।
      He comes here daily.
    - हभें अफ कामा प्रायम्ब कयना चाहहमें।
      We shall now begin to work.

कर भेये घुटने भें चोट रग गई।
I hurt my knee yesterday.
उसे कु छ शभनट ऩहरे महाॉ फुरामा गमा था।
He called here a few minutes ago.
भैं सुफह ज्दी नही उठर्ा हूॉ।

I don’t get up too early in the morning.

Adverb of frequency (which shows how often): An adverb shows the frequency of an action called adverb of frequency.

मे क्रिमा ववशषण क्रिमा की फायम्फायर्ा को दशाार्े हैं। इनका प्रमोग वाक्मों भें सहामक क्रिमा र्था क्रिमा के फीच भें क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। मे क्रिमा ववशषण साभान्मर्मा क्रिमा के साथ 'क्रकर्नी फाय' प्रश्न का उत्र्य देर्े हैं। मे ननम्न हैं -

always	-	सदैव
Sometimes	-	कबी-कबी
Usually	-	हभेशा की र्यह
Often	-	फहुधा मा प्राम:
Rarely	-	भुजश्कर से ही
Frequently	-	फायम्फाय
Just	-	अबी-अबी
Already	-	ऩहरे से ही
Seldom	-	कबी-कबाय
Ever	-	कबी
Never	-	कबी बी नही
Occasionally	-	कबी-कबी

इनका प्रमोग सहामक क्रिमा (helping verb) के फाद र्था भुख्म क्रिमा (main verb) से ऩहरे क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

सहामक क्रिमा + adverb + क्रिमा

Example:

नवेन्दु हभेशा कठोय ऩरयश्रभ कयर्ा हैं।
Navendu always works hard.
याभ कबी बी कु छ नही सीख सकर्ा हैं।
Ram can never learn anything.
भने उसे एक फाय बी नही देखा।
I have not seen him once.
वह प्राम: गज्र्माॉ कयर्ा हैं।
He often makes mistakes.

Adverb of place (which shows where): An adverb shows the place of an action called adverb of place.
मे क्रिमा ववशषण क्रिमा होने का स्थान फर्ार्े हैं। इनका प्रमोग object के फाद, मा
object नही होने ऩय क्रिमा के फाद भें क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। मे क्रिमा ववशषण साभान्मर्मा
क्रिमा के साथ 'कहाॉ' प्रश्न का उत्र्य देर्े हैं। मे ननम्न हैं - Here, There, Up, Down, Away, Everywhere, Anywhere, Near, In, Out etc.

Example:
- भनैं
  
  े वहाॉ एक वद्ध
  
  व्मजक्र् को फैठे देखा।
  I saw an old man sitting there.
- उसने ऊऩय देखा।
  He looked up.
- भेया बाई फाहय हैं।
  My brother is out.
- महाॉ रूको।
  Stand here.
- क्मा र्ुभ कबी वहाॉ गमे हो।
  Do you ever go there?
Adverb of manner (which shows how or in what manner): An adverb shows the manner of an action called adverb of manner.
मे क्रिमा ववशषण क्रिमा होने का र्यीका फर्ार्े हैं। इनका प्रमोग object के फाद, मा
object नही होने ऩय क्रिमा के फाद भें क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। मे क्रिमा ववशषण साभान्मर्मा
क्रिमा के साथ 'कै से मा क्रकस र्यह' प्रश्न का उत्र्य देर्े हैं। मे ननम्न हैं - Quickly, fast, bravely, slowly, happily, badly, clearly, well, lazily and hard

Example:
- वह धीये चरर्ा हैं।
  He walks slowly.
- नवेन्दु अच्छी र्यह से अग्र
  
  ेजी शरख सकर्ा हैं।
  Navendu can write English well.
- हरय कठोय ऩरयश्रभ कयर्ा हैं।
  Hari works hard.
- वह र्ेज दौडा।ा़
  He ran fast.
- उसने ज्दी से प्रश्न का उत्र्य हदमा।
  He answered the question quickly.
- उसने खशी-खशी अऩना ऩेन भुझे दे हदमा।
  He gave me his pen happily.
Adverb of degree / quantity (which show how much): An adverb shows the state of an action called adverb of degree.
मे क्रिमा ववशषण क्रिमा का स्र्य फर्ार्े हैं। मे वाक्म भें आमे adjective र्था अन्म adverb की ववशषर्ा फर्ार्े हैं। इनका प्रमोग adjective मा adverb के ऩहरे क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। मे क्रिमा ववशषण साभान्मर्मा क्रिमा के साथ 'क्रकर्ना' प्रश्न का उत्र्य देर्े हैं। मे ननम्न हैं - Very, So, Too, Quite, Fully, Rather, almost, pretty, Partly etc.
Example:
- वह फहुर् राऩयवाह था।
  He was too careless.
- नवेन्दु फहुर् अच्छी र्यह से गार्ा हैं।
  Navendu sings pretty well.
- वह फहुर् थका हुआ था।
  He was very tired.
- यजनी बफ्कु र ठीक हैं।
  Rajni is quite well.
Adverb of sentence: At the beginning of sentences, Adverb modifies the whole sentence rather than particular word.
मे क्रिमा ववशषण क्रकसी एक शब्द की ववशषर्ा फर्ाने के फजाम ऩूये वाक्म के फाये भें जानकायी देर्े हैं। मे ननम्न हैं - certainly, luckily, possibly, probably, unfortunately etc.
Example:
- ननजश्चर् रूऩ से याभ जजम्भेदायी से कामा कयर्ा हैं।
  Certainly Ram works with responsibility.
- सम्बवर्: उसने अऩना भकान फेच हदमा हैं।
  Probably he has sold his house.
- दबााग्म से वहाॉ कोई बी भौजूद नही था।
  Unfortunately no one was present there.
Interrogative Adverb: When Adverb asks a question, it is termed as Interrogative Adverb.
जफ क्रिमा ववशषण कोई प्रश्न ऩूछने के प्रमोग भें आमे र्ो उसे प्रश्नवाचक क्रिमा ववशषण कहर्े हैं।
Example:
- वह कफ आएगा ?
  When will he come? (Time)
- र्ुभ कहाॉ जा यहे हो ?
  Where are you going? (Place)
- र्ुभने मह कै से क्रकमा ?
  How did you done it? (Manner)
  - दॊगों भें क्रकर्ने घामर हुए ?
    How many injured in the riot? (Number)
  - र्ुभ कै से हो ?

How are you? (Degree)

Position of Adverb:

Adverb of manner का प्रमोग साभान्मर्मा: कभा (object) के फाद भें, मा कभा नही हो र्ो क्रिमा के फाद भें क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Example:
- फहुर् र्ेज वषाा हो यही हैं।
  It is raining heavily.
- वह सावधानीऩूवक वाहन चरार्ा हैं।
  He drives vehicle carefully.
Adverb of place and time का प्रमोग साभान्मर्मा: कभा (object) के फाद भें, मा कभ नही हो र्ो क्रिमा के फाद भें क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Example:
- वह कर भुझसे शभरा।
  He met me yesterday.
- भने उसे सबी जगह र्राश शरमा।
  I looked him everywhere.
महद वाक्म भें एक से अचधक क्रिमा ववशषण हो र्ो उन्हें क्रिमा मा कभा के फाद साभान्मर्मा: ननम्न िभ भें शरखा व फोरा जार्ा हैं।
Sub +verb +obj +adv of manner +adv of place +adv of time
ऩयन्र्ु कई फाय Adverb of place (here, there, away, home, back, forward, backward) का प्रमोग Adverb of manner से ऩहरे क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Example:
- फच्चे कर यार् भॊच ऩय उत्साहऩूवक नाच यहे थे।
- Children were dancing earnestly on the stage last night.
- हभें कर शाभ वहाॉ जाना चाहहमे।
- We should go there tomorrow evening.
- वह खशी-खशी घय गमा।
- He went home happily.
- भैं ज्दी ही वाऩस आ जाऊॉ गा।
- I will come back quickly.
- सावधानीऩूवक आगे फढ़ो।
- Move forward carefully.
Adverb of frequency का प्रमोग साभान्मर्मा: कर्ाा (subject) र्था क्रिमा (verb) के फीच भें क्रकमा जार्ा हैं, औय महद वाक्म भें सहामक क्रिमा (is, are, am, has, was) का प्रमोग क्रकमा गमा हो र्ो इन्हें सहामक क्रिमा के फाद भें शरखा जार्ा हैं।
Example:
- भैं कबी शसगयेट नही ऩीर्ा।
  I never smoke cigarette.
- चचत्राॊगदा अबी-अबी ववद्मारम गई हैं।
  Chitrangda has just gone to school.
Adverb को साभान्मर्मा: have to र्था used to से ऩहरे शरखा जार्ा हैं।

Example:
- भुझे हभेशा ऩैदर फाजाय जाना ऩड़र्ा हैं।
  I often have to go to market on foot.
- वह हभेशा देयी से सोमा कयर्ा था।
  He always used to sleep late.
Adverb जफ क्रकसी Adjective मा क्रकसी दसये Adverb की ववशषर्ा फर्रामे र्ो क्रिमा ववशषण को इनसे ऩहरे शरखा जार्ा हैं, ऩयन्र्ु enough को हभेशा फाद भें शरखा जार्ा हैं। क्रिमा ववशषण only को उस शब्द से ऩहरे शरखा जार्ा हैं, जजसकी मह ववशषर्ा
फर्रार्ा हैं।

Example:
- मह क्रकर्ाफ फड़ी रूचचकय हैं।
- This book is very interesting.
- याजेश इर्ना धनवान हैं क्रक वह काय खयीद सकर्ा हैं।
- Rajesh is rich enough to buy a car.
- भैं के वर दो घॊटे सोमा।
- I have slept only two hours.

कु छ Adverb का प्रमोग preposition के फाद noun के रुऩ भें क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Example:

वह महाॉ से फहुर् दय

यहर्ा हैं।
He lives far from here.

भने ऐसा ऩहरे बी सनु ा हैं।

I have heard this before now.

Formation of Adverb:

Adjective के साथ ly जोड़कय Adverb of manner फनार्े हैं।

Adjective	Adverb
Clever	Cleverly
Wise	Wisely
Beautiful	Beautifully
Kind	Kindly
Quick	quickly
Earnest	Earnestly
Foolish	foolishly
Careful	Carefully
Happy	Happily
Ready	Readily
Heavy	Heavily
Single	Singly
Double	Doubly
Pretty	Prettily

सॊऻा से ऩूवा a र्था preposition रगाक क्रिमा ववशषण फनार्े हैं।
Afoot, abed, asleep, aboard, away Besides, to-day, overboard, to-morrow
कु छ क्रिमा ववशषण Adjective र्था preposition के सॊमुक्र् रूऩ होर्े हैं।
Along, behind, beyond, below, ahead of, far from
कु छ क्रिमा ववशषण Adverb र्था preposition के सॊमुक्र् रूऩ होर्े हैं।
Within, without, before, thereby, hereafter, thereon
कु छ क्रिमा ववशषण and के साथ जुड़कय साथ-साथ प्रमोग भें रामे जार्े हैं।
Again and again, far and away, now and then, on and off, over and over, to and fro, in and out, first and foremost.

Example:
- र्ुभ वही गरर्ी फाय-फाय कय यहे हो ।
  You are making same mistake again and again.
- वह कबी-कबी भुझसे शभरर्ा हैं।
  He meets me now and then.

Prepositions (सम्फन्ध सूचक-अव्मम)

Preposition वह शब्द मा शब्दों का सभूह है जो ककसी Noun मा Pronoun के साथ प्रमोग ककमा

जाता है औय जो उस Noun मा Pronoun का सम्फन्ध ककसी दसये शब्द से प्रदर्शत कयता है.

The word or group of words that are used with a noun or pronoun to express its relation with some other work in the sentence is known as a Preposition.

Prepositions – Time (सभम)

English	Usage	Example
on	days of the week	on Monday
in	months / seasons time of day year after a certain period of time (when?)	in August / in winter in the morning in 2006 in an hour
at	for night for weekend a certain point of time (when?)	at night at the weekend at half past nine
since	from a certain point of time (past till now)	since 1980
for	over a certain period of time (past till now)	for 2 years
ago	a certain time in the past	2 years ago
before	earlier than a certain point of time	before 2004
to	telling the time	ten to six (5:50)
past	telling the time	ten past six (6:10)
to / till / until	marking the beginning and end of a period of time	from Monday to/till Friday
till / until	in the sense of how long something is going to last	He is on holiday until Friday.
by	in the sense of at the latest up to a certain time	I will be back by 6 o’clock. By 11 o'clock, I had read five pages.

Prepositions – Place (Position and Direction) (स्थान)

English

Usage

Example

room, building, street, town, country

in the kitchen, in London

in the book

English	Usage	Example
	book, paper etc. car, taxi picture, world	in the car, in a taxi in the picture, in the world
at	meaning next to, by an object for table for events place where you are to do something typical (watch a film, study, work)	at the door, at the station at the table at a concert, at the party at the cinema, at school, at work
on	attached for a place with a river being on a surface for a certain side (left, right) for a floor in a house for public transport for television, radio	the picture on the wall London lies on the Thames. on the table on the left on the first floor on the bus, on a plane on TV, on the radio
by, next to, beside	left or right of somebody or something	Jane is standing by / next to / beside the car.
under	on the ground, lower than (or covered by) something else	the bag is under the table
below	lower than something else but above ground	the fish are below the surface
over	covered by something else meaning more than getting to the other side (also across) overcoming an obstacle	put a jacket over your shirt over 16 years of age walk over the bridge climb over the wall
above	higher than something else, but not directly over it	a path above the lake
across	getting to the other side (also over) getting to the other side	walk across the bridge swim across the lake
through	something with limits on top,	drive through the tunnel

English	Usage	Example
	bottom and the sides
to	movement to person or building movement to a place or country for bed	go to the cinema go to London / Ireland go to bed
into	enter a room / a building	go into the kitchen / the house
towards	movement in the direction of something (but not directly to it)	go 5 steps towards the house
onto	movement to the top of something	jump onto the table
from	in the sense of where from	a flower from the garden

Other important Prepositions

English	Usage	Example
from	who gave it	a present from Jane
of	who/what does it belong to what does it show	a page of the book the picture of a palace
by	who made it	a book by Mark Twain
on	walking or riding on horseback entering a public transport vehicle	on foot, on horseback get on the bus
in	entering a car / Taxi	get in the car
off	leaving a public transport vehicle	get off the train
out of	leaving a car / Taxi	get out of the taxi
by	rise or fall of something travelling (other than walking or horseriding)	prices have risen by 10 percent by car, by bus
at	for age	she learned Russian at 45
about	for topics, meaning what about	we were talking about you

Conjunction (सभुच्चम-फोधक अव्मम)

Conjunctions are the words we use to join two or more sentences together or two words within the same sentence. The most common conjunctions in English are: and, for, so, but, or, nor, for.

दो वाक्मों मा क्रकसी वाक्म भें दो शब्दों को जोड़ने के शरए प्रमोग भें रामे जाने वारे शब्दों को शब्ि-मोजक मा सभुच्चम-फोधक अव्मम (conjunctions) कहर्े हैं। Conjunctions are-

Joining words.
Used to join together separate parts of a sentence.

Types of Conjunctions:

Conjunctions link together two similar sentences, or link two clauses in a complex sentence.

Conjunctions are categorized as-

Simple conjunction: Single word is used to joining words or sentences.
दो शब्दों मा वाक्मों को जोड़ने वारे एक शब्द को साभान्म शब्द-मोजक कहर्े हैं।
Example: and, but, because, although.
Correlative Conjunctions (surrounding an adverb or adjective): These conjunctions are used in pairs are called Corrective conjunctions.
जोड़े के रूऩ भें प्रमुक्र् होने वारे शब्द-मोजक Corrective conjunctions कहरार्े हैं।
Example: either....or, neither....nor, both. and, though. yet
Compound conjunctions (often ending with as, if or that): Conjunctions which are used in compound expressions are called Compound conjunctions.

सभूह के रूऩ भें प्रमुक्र् होने वारे शब्द-मोजक Compound conjunctions कहरार्े हैं।

Example: provided that, as long as, in order that, as if, as well as

Classes of Conjunction:

Conjunctions have two basic functions

Coordinating Conjunction: Coordinating conjunctions are used to join two sentence of equal importance. The two parts may be single words or clauses.
दो सभान भहत्व के स्वर्ॊत्र वाक्मों को जोड़ने वारे शब्द Coordinating conjunctions
कहरार्े हैं।
Example: and, but, for, also, either....or, neither nor

Coordinating conjunctions are of four kinds –
1. Cumulative or copulative (सॊमोजक अव्मम): Such conjunction joins two statements.
  
  इस प्रकाय के सभुच्चम-फोधक अव्मम क्रकन्ही दो कथनों को जोड़र्े हैं। मे ननम्न हैं - and, also, as well as
  
  Example - I like tea and coffee.
2. Adversative (ववयोध सूचक अव्मम): It joins words or statements that are opposite or contrast.
  
  दो ववयोधी मा ववऩरयर् अथो वारे कथनों को जोड़ने भें प्रमुक्र् होर्े हैं। मे ननम्न हैं - but, yet, still, however, while, only
  
  Example – Though he is poor yet he is honest.
3. Alternative or disjunctive (ववकल्ऩ सूचक अव्मम): It expresses a choice between two alternatives.
  
  साभान्मर्मा इनका प्रमोग दो भें से एक का ववक्ऩ चन हैं - or, either, else, nor, neither, whether.
  ने के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। मे ननम्न
  
  Example – Either she is laughing or weeping.
4. Illative or casual (अनुभान सूचक अव्मम): It expresses reason cause or conclusions.
  
  साभान्मर्मा इनका प्रमोग अनुभान रगाने के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। मे ननम्न हैं – for, therefore, hence, then
  
  Example – I cannot give you any money, for I have none.
Subordinating Conjunction: Subordinating conjunctions are used to join a subordinate or dependent clause to a main clause.

ऩूणा अथा देने के शरए वाक्म को भुख्म वाक्म से जोड़ने वारे शब्द Subordinating conjunctions
कहरार्े हैं।

Example: after, because, if, that, though, till, before, unless, as, when, where, while, than
Subordinating conjunctions are of following kinds –
1. Conjunctions of time: when they introduce temporal clauses.
  
  सभम-सम्फन्धी उऩवातमों को जोड़ने भें प्रमुतत होते हैं। मे ननम्न हैं - when, before, after, since, as, until, whenever, while, ere, etc.
  
  Example: It was 1995 when he purchased this house.
2. Conjunctions of place: when they introduce spatial clauses.
  
  स्थान-सम्फन्धी उऩवातमों को जोड़ने भें प्रमुतत होते हैं। मे ननम्न हैं - where, wherever, whither, whereto, whithersoever, whence, etc.
  
  Example: Do you know the house where I live.
3. Conjunctions of manner: when they introduce manner-specific clauses.
  
  वातम भें जफ ककसी व्मक्तत मा वस्तु के कामथ कयने के तयीके को प्रस्तुत ककमा गमा हो। मे ननम्न हैं -How, As, However, Howsoever.
  
  Example: Everyone knows how a poor lives.
4. Conjunctions of cause and reason: when they introduce causative clauses.
  
  जफ वातम भें कायण सम्फन्धी उऩवातम सक्म्भसरत ककमे गमे हो। मे ननम्न हैं - Because, since, as, now, whereas, that, seeing, etc.
  
  Example: He does not go to office because he is unwell.
5. Conjunctions of purpose: when they introduce final-purpose clauses.
  
  जफ कथन के साथ उद्देश्म मुतत उऩवातम जोड़ा जामे। मे ननम्न हैं - that, so, so that, in order that, lest, so……as etc.
  
  Example: We eat that we may live.
6. Conjunction of concession: when they introduce concessive clauses.
  
  अनुभोदन-सूचक उऩवातमों के साथ प्रमुतत ककमे जाते हैं। मे ननम्न हैं - though, although, even if, provided, provided that, in case, on condition that, etc.
  
  Example: Though I scold him, yet he respects me.
7. Conditional conjunctions: when they introduce conditional clauses.
  कथन के साथ शतथ मुतत उऩवातम जोड़ने भें प्रमुक्र् होर्े हैं। मे ननम्न हैं - if, unless, so, except etc.
  
  Example: Grievances cannot be redressed unless they are known.
8. Conjunctions of comparison: used in comparative sentences.
  
  तुरनात्भक उऩवातम कोो जोड़ने के सरमे प्रमोग भें शरमे जार्े हैं। मे ननम्न हैं - than and as
  Example: Bhima was stronger than Duryodhan.
  
  Some conjunctions and their uses
  1. And
    
    िो सभान भहत्व के स्विॊत्र सातमों मा शब्िों को जोड़ने भें प्रमुति होिा हैं।
    Example:
    - दो औय दो चाय होर्े हैं।
      Two and two make four.
    - उसने अऩना सॊर्ुरन खो हदमा औय साईक्रकर से नीचे चगय गमा।
      He lost his balance and fell off the bicycle.
    - सीर्ा औय गीर्ा भेयी शभत्र हैं।
      Sita and geeta are my friends.
    - अध्माऩक कऺा भें आमे औय छात्रों को ऩढ़ाना प्रायम्ब कय हदमा।
      The teacher came into the class and began to teach the students.
  2. But
    
    Still, however, never the less
    
    िो ववयोधी मा ववऩरयि अर्थो वारे कर्थनों को जोड़ने भें प्रमुति होिा हैं। इसे ‘रेक्रकन, क्रकन्िु, क्रपय बी, फक्ल्क, बरे ही मा ऩयन्िु’ के अथा भें प्रमुक्र् क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    Example:
    - दीऩक कभजोय हैं क्रपय बी उसका साभना कय रेर्ा हैं।
      Deepak is weak, but he faces him.
      Deepak is weak, still he faces him.
      
      However weak Deepak is, he faces him. (ववशषण को however के साथ यखर्े हैं।)
      Never the less Deepak is weak, he faces him.
      - भैं र्ेज दौड़ा रेक्रकन ट्रैन छु ट गई।
        I ran fast, but I missed the train.
      - भुझे आभॊबत्रर् क्रकमा गमा हैं, ऩयन्र्ु भैं वहाॉ नही जाऊॊ गा।
        I am invited, but I shall not go there.
      - सीर्ा आरसी हैं, ऩयन्र्ु उसने अऩना गहकामा ऩूणा कय शरमा।
        Sita is lazy, but completed her homework.
      - र्ुभ जा सकर्े हो, रेक्रकन भैं मही रूकॉू गा।
        You may go, but I will stay here.
  3. Though,Although
    
    उऩवातम को भुख्म वातम से जोड़कय ऩूणव अर्थव िेने भें इसका प्रमोग क्रकमा जािा हैं।
    इसका शाजब्दक अथा ‘मद्मवऩ मा क्रपय बी’ होर्ा हैं।
    Example:
    - मद्मवऩ दीऩक कभजोय हैं, क्रपय बी वह उसका साभना कय रेर्ा हैं।
      Though Deepak is weak, he faces him. Although Deepak is weak, he faces him. Although Deepak is weak yet he faces him.
    - वह कबी ववद्मारम नही गमा, क्रपय बी अग्रेजी फोर सकर्ा हैं।
      Although he never went to school, he can speak English. He can speak English, although he never went to school.
    - र्ुभ र्ैमाय नही हो, क्रपय बी हभें वहाॉ जाना होगा।
      Although you are not ready, we must go there.
    - मद्मवऩ वह अनुबवी था क्रपय बी उसे वह नौकयी नही शभरी।
      Though he was experienced, he did not get that job.
  4. That
    
    सभुच्चम-फोधक अव्मम के रुऩ भें that का प्रमोग ननम्न प्रकाय से क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। जो सॊके र्वाचक सवनाभ की र्यह व्मवहाय कयर्ा हैं।
    - ऩरयणाभ मा प्रबाव प्रस्िुि कयने भें –
      Example:
      - भैं इर्ना थका हुआ हूॉ क्रक भैं खड़ा बी नही यह सकर्ा।
        I am so tired that I can’t even stand.
      - भैं ननमशभर् रूऩ से कसयर् कयर्ा हूॉ र्ाक्रक भैं स्वस्थ यह सकॉू ।
        I take regular exercise that I may stay healthy.
    - उद्देश्म प्रस्िुि कयने के लरए –
      
      Example:
      - सीखने के उद्देश्म से भन
        
        े मह कम्प्मूटय खयीदा।
        
        I bought this computer that I might learn computer.
    - उऩवातम को भुख्म वातम से जोड़कय ऩूणव अर्थव िेने भें इसका प्रमोग क्रकमा जािा हैं –

Example:

मह सच हैं क्रक वह महाॉ आमा था।
It is true that he had come here.
कु छ रोग खाने के शरए जीर्े हैं।
Some people live that they may eat.
इसभें कोई सॊशम नही क्रक ऩथ्वी गोर हैं।
There is no doubt that the earth is round.
1. Since
  
  सभुच्चम-फोधक अव्मम के रुऩ भें Since का प्रमोग दो प्रकाय से क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  - सभम के फाि ‘जफसे मा से’ का अर्थव िेने के लरए –
    
    Example:
जफसे वह अप्रत्माशसर् घटना घटी भैनें उसे कबी नही देखा।
I have never seen him since that unfortunate event happened.
- तमोंक्रक, चॉक्रू क मा इससे’ का अर्थव िेने के लरए –
Example:
- वह कामाारम नही जार्ा हैं क्मोंक्रक वह अस्वस्थ हैं।
  Since he is unwell, he does not go to office.
- भने उसे फर्ामा क्मोंक्रक उसने ऩूछा।
  Since he asked, I told him.
- भैं आज यार् फाहय नही जाऊॊ गा क्मोंक्रक भुझे अच्छा नही रग यहा हैं।
  Since I am not feeling well, I won’t go out tonight.
  1. Or
    
    सभुच्चम-फोधक अव्मम के रुऩ भें Or का प्रमोग ननम्न प्रकाय से क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    - ववकल्ऩ प्रस्िुि कयने भें –
      Example:
- र्ुभ मा र्ो वह मा मह ऩुस्र्क रे सकर्े हो।
  You may take this book or that one.
- र्ुभ चचक्रकत्सा मा अशबमाॊबत्रकी की ऩढ़ाई कय सकर्े हो।
  You may study medicine or engineering.
- ऩके हुए आभ साभान्मर्मा रार मा ऩीरे होर्े हैं।
  Ripe mangoes are usually red or yellow.
- हभें अफ ननकरना चाहहमे अन्मथा हभें देय हो जाएगी।
  We should leave now or we will be late.
  We should leave now otherwise we will be late.
- ऩर्ा शरख रो नहीॊ र्ो र्ुभर् बूर जाओगे।

Write down the address or you will forget it.

If

सभुच्चम-फोधक अव्मम के रुऩ भें If का प्रमोग ननम्न प्रकाय से क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- शिव मा सम्बावना व्मति कयने भें –
  
  Example:
  - महद यभेश वहाॉ हो र्ो भैं उससे शभरुॊगा।
    If Ramesh is there, I shall see him.
  - महद सॊबव हुआ र्ो हभ वहाॉ जाएॊगे।
    If it is possible, we will go there.
    - ‘जफ कबी (whenever)’ के अर्थव भें –
      
      Example:
  - जफ कबी भुझे सॊशम होगा भैं ऩूछर्ाछ करूॉ गा।
    If I feel any doubt, I inquire.
    - ‘तमा’ के अर्थव भें –
      
      Example:
  - वह र्ैमाय हैं क्मा उससे ऩूछो।
  Ask him if he is ready.
So, Therefore

इसका शाजब्दक अथा होर्ा है – ‘अिः मा इसलरए’
Example:
- वह अस्वस्थ हैं इसशरए कामाारम नही जार्ा हैं।
  He is unwell so he does not go to office.
  He is unwell therefore he does not go to office.
- उसने ऩूछा इसशरए भने उसे फर्ामा।
  He asked so I told him.
  He asked therefore I told him.
- वह कभजोय था इसशरए वह दौड़ नही सका।
He was weak so he could not run.
He was weak therefore he could not run.
Because, For, As, Since

इसका शाजब्दक अथा होर्ा है – ‘तमोंक्रक’
Example:
- वह कामाारम नही जार्ा हैं, क्मोंक्रक वह अस्वस्थ हैं। He does not go to office because he is unwell. He does not go to office for he is unwell.
  He does not go to office as he is unwell.
  As he is unwell, he does not go to office.
  Since he is unwell, he does not go to office.
- भन
  े उसे फर्ामा क्मोंक्रक उसने ऩूछा।
  I told him because he asked. I told him for he asked.
  I told him as he asked.
  As he asked, I told him.
  Since he asked, I told him.
- वह दौड़ नही सका, तमोंकक वह कभजोय था। He could not run because he was weak. He could not run for he was weak.
  He could not run as he was weak.
  As he was weak, he could not run.
  Since he was weak, he could not run.
- क्मोंक्रक नवेन्दु देय से आमा, भैं उससे नही शभर सका।
As Navendu came late, I couldn’t meet him. Since Navendu came late, I couldn’t meet him. I couldn’t meet him, as Navendu came late.
I couldn’t meet him, for Navendu came late.
I couldn’t meet him, because Navendu came late.
Because of, On account of, Due to,Owing to इसका शाजब्दक अथा होर्ा है – ‘के कायण’ Example:
- अस्वस्थर्ा के कायण वह कामाारम नही जार्ा हैं। Because of weakness he does not go to office. On account of weakness he does not go to office. Due to weakness he does not go to office.
Owing to weakness he does not go to office. He does not go to office Because of weakness.
- माचना के कायण भने उसे फर्ामा।
  Because of asking I told him. On account of asking I told him. Due to asking I told him.
  Owing to asking I told him.
- कभजोयी के कायण वह दौड़ नही सका। Because of weakness He could not run. On account of weakness He could not run. Due to weakness He could not run.
Owing to weakness He could not run.
As soon as……., No sooner did..., than ….., No sooner had.., than , Hardly
had……., When…., Scarcely had…., When….

इसका शाजब्दक अथा होर्ा है – ‘ज्मोंही....., त्मोंही’। उऩयोक्र् सभुच्चम-फोधक अव्मम भें से ‘As soon as……., ….....’ का प्रमोग present र्था future tense के वाक्मों भें क्रकमा जार्ा
हैं, र्था शष का प्रमोग past tense के वाक्मों के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Example:
- ज्मोही यार् होर्ी हैं, र्मोही ऩऺी शाॊर् हो जार्े हैं।
  As soon as the night comes (v1st, s/es), the birds become (v1st) silent.
- ज्मोही यार् होगी, र्मोही ऩऺी शाॊर् हो जाऐॊगे।
  As soon as the night comes, the birds will become silent.
- ज्मोही यार् हुई, र्मोही ऩऺी शाॊर् हो गमे।
  As soon as the night came (v2nd), the birds became (v2nd) silent.
  No sooner did the night come (v1st), than the birds became (v2nd) silent.
  No sooner had the night come (v3rd), than the birds became silent.
  Hardly had the night come (v3rd), when the birds became silent.
  Scarcely had the night come (v3rd), when the birds became silent.
- अध्माऩक के आर्े ही फच्चे खड़े हो जार्े हैं।
  As soon as teacher comes, boys stand up.
  No sooner does teacher come, than boys stand up.
- अध्माऩक के आर्े ही फच्चे खड़े हो गमे।
As soon as teacher came, boys stood up.
No sooner did teacher come, than boys stood up.
Not only………, but also….. (न के वर फक्ल्क), Not only but …, but…as well (न
के वर...फक्ल्क), As well as (के सार्थ-सार्थ), Both …………., and … (िोनो औय), Besides
(के अरावा) Example:
- उसने न के वर ऩेंशसर फज्क ऩेन बी खयीदा। He bought not only a pencil but also a pen. He bought not only a pencil but a pen as well
- उसने ऩेंशसर के साथ-साथ ऩेन बी खयीदा।
  He bought a pencil as well as a pen.
- उसने ऩेंशसर व ऩेन दोनो खयीदे।
  He bought both pencil and a pen.
- उसने ऩेशसर के अरावा ऩेन बी खयीदा।
  Besides a pencil he also bought a pen
- वह के वर हहन्दी ही नही फज्क अग्रेजी बी फोर सकर्ा हें।
  He can speak not only Hindi but also English. He can speak both Hindi and English.
- न के वर ववद्माथी फज्क अध्माऩक बी आए थे। Not only students but also teachers had come. Both students and teachers had come.
Too………….to (Too + adjective + to + verb), Too ………for + noun + to,
So… that + pronoun +can not / could not , Not… enough to

इसका शाजब्दक अथा होर्ा है – ‘इिना.........क्रक नही सकिा’। इनका प्रमोग साभान्मर्मा ववऩयीर् अथा वारे वाक्मों को जोड़ने भें क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Example:
- वह इर्ना भोटा हैं क्रक वह दौड़ नही सकर्ा हैं।
  He is too fat to run.
  He is so fat that he can not run. He is not thin enough to run.
- पर इर्ने खट्टे थे क्रक भैं उन्हें खा नही सका।
  The fruits were too sour for me to eat.
  The fruits were so sour that I could not eat them.
  The fruits were not sweat enough for me to eat them.
- वह इर्ना गयीफ हैं क्रक वह एक भकान नही खयीद सकर्ा हैं।
He is too poor to purchase a house.
He is so poor that he can not purchase a house. He is not rich enough to purchase a house.
- प्रश्न इर्ना कहठन था क्रक वे उसे हर नही कय सके ।
The question was too difficult for them to solve it.
The question was so difficult that they could not solve. The question was not easy enough for them to solve it.
Either………or (मा िो.........मा), Neither……nor (न िो.........औय न ही)

जफ दो भें से एक को ववक्ऩ के रूऩ भें चनना हो र्ो Either……or का प्रमोग क्रकमा
जार्ा हैं, र्था जफ दोनो भें से एक का बी चमन नही कयना हो र्ो neither……nor का प्रमोग कयर्े हैं।
Example:
- याभ मा र्ो आगया मा जमऩुय जा यहा हैं।
  Ram is either going to Agra or to Jaipur.
- अध्माऩक जी ने हभे न र्ो कार ऩढ़ाऐ औय न ही व्माकयण।
  The teacher taught us neither tense nor grammar.
- मा र्ो र्ुम्हायी मा क्रपय भेयी गरर्ी हैं।
  Either you or I am wrong.
- ऩुष्ऩा मा भैं क्रकसी का बी दोष नही हैं।
Neither Puspa nor I am to blame.
As if , As though (भानो, जैसे) Example:
- वह ऐसे व्मवहाय कयर्ा हैं भानो वह अचधकायी हो।
  He behaves as if he were an officer. (Present) (Past)
  He behaves as though he were an officer.
  
  – उसने ऐसे व्मवहाय क्रकमा भानो वह अचधकायी हों।
  He behaved as if he had been an officer. (Past) (Past perfect)
  He behaved as though he had been an officer.
  - फच्चा ऐसे योर्ा हैं भानो भाॉ ने उसे ऩीटा हो।
    The child weeps as if mother beat him. (Present) (Past)
    The child wept as if mother had beaten him. – फच्चा ऐसे योमा भानो भाॉ ने उसे ऩीटा हों। The child wept as if mother had beaten him.
    (Past) (Had+v-3rd)
    
    The child wept as though mother had beaten him.
  - वह भुझे ऐसे आदेश देर्ी हैं भानो भैं उसका नौकय हूॉ।
She orders me as if I were her servant.
So that , in order to, so as to ,in order to

इसका शाजब्दक अथा होर्ा है – ‘िाक्रक, इसलरए ’। इनका प्रमोग ऩूणा अथा देने के शरए भुख्म वाक्म के साथ उऩवाक्म जोड़ने के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Example:
- वह भेहनर् कयर्ा हैं र्ाक्रक धन कभा सके । (धन कभा सके इसशरए वह भेहनर् कयर्ा हैं।)
  He works hard so that he can earn money.
  He works hard in order that he can earn money. He works hard so as to he can earn money.
  He works hard in order to he can earn money. He works hard to earn money.
- वह धड़ी खयीद चका हैं र्ाक्रक वह सभम ऩय ववद्मारम जा सके ।
  He has bought a watch so that he can go to school on time.
- उसने धड़ी खयीदी र्ाक्रक वह सभम ऩय ववद्मारम जा सके ।
  He bought a watch so that he could go to school on time.
- उत्र्ीणा होने के शरए उसने फहुर् ऩढ़ाई की।
He studied hard so that he might pass.
In case, Because it is/was possible that, So that………may / might not,
Lest………should

इसका शाजब्दक अथा होर्ा है – ‘कही ऐसा न हो क्रक’।
Example:
- धीये–धीये चशरऐ कही ऐसा न हो क्रक आऩ चगय जाऐ।
  Walk slowly in case you fall down.
  Walk slowly because it is possible that you fall down. Walk slowly so that you may not fall down.
  Walk slowly lest you should fall down.
- बूर न जाए इसशरए उसने ऩर्ा शरख शरमा।
He wrote down the address lest he should forget it. He wrote down the address in case he forgets it.
He wrote down the address so that he might not forget lt.
He wrote down the address because it was possible that he forget it.
Would rather………….than (के फजाम)

दो भें से एक को प्राथशभकर्ा देने के शरए इसका प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Example:
- खेर खेरने के फजाम भैं आयाभ कयना ऩसन्द कयर्ा हूॉ।
I would rather take rest than play the game. I prefer to take rest than play the game.
As well as

इसका शाजब्दक अथा होर्ा है – ‘के सार्थ-सार्थ, बी, औय’।

Example:
- र्ुभ फहये होने के साथ-साथ अध
  You are deaf as well as blind.
  
  े बी हो।
- हयी होशशमाय होने के साथ-साथ भेहनर्ी बी हैं।
  Hari is intelligent as well as hard working.
- याभ औय उसका बाई ईभानदाय हैं। Ram and his brother are honest. Ram as well as his brother is honest.
While

सभुच्चम-फोधक अव्मम के रुऩ भें while का प्रमोग ननम्न प्रकाय से क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- एक ही सभम होने वारी िो घटनाओॊ को िशावने के लरए –
  
  Example:
  - कसयर् कयर्े सभम भेयी कराई भें भोच आ गई।
    I sprained my wrist while I was exercising.
  - जफ भैं शरख यहा था भेयी शभत्र सो यही थी।
    I was writing while my friend was sleeping.
    - वातम भें ‘जफ िक’ का अर्थव िेने के लरए –
      
      Example:
  - जफ र्क र्ुभ अऩना कामा ठीक कय यहे हो, र्ुम्हें चचर्
    
    ा कयने की जरूयर् नही हैं।
    You need not worry as long as you are doing your work properly. You need not worry while you are doing your work properly.
  - जफ भैं ववद्मारम भें था र्फ भैं ननमशभर् रूऩ से र्ैयने जार्ा था।
    While I was in school, I used to go swimming regularly.
    - वातम भें ‘जफक्रक’ का अर्थव िेने के लरए –
      
      Example:
  - भैं प्रनर् भाह दो हजाय रुऩमे कभार्ा हूॉ, जफक्रक र्ुभ दस हजाय कभार्े हो।
    I earn 2000 rupees per month while you earn 10000 rupees.
    I earn 2000 rupees per month whereas you earn 10000 rupees.
  - जफ श्री याभकृ ष्ण का वववाह हुआ र्फ वे 15 वषा के थे, जफक्रक भाॉ शायदा 9 वषा की थी। When shri Ramakrishna got married, he was 15 whereas Maa Sharda was only 9. When shri Ramakrishna got married, he was 15 while Maa Sharda was only 9.
Unless

इसका शाजब्दक अथा होर्ा है – ‘मदि नही, के बफना,के अनिरयति’।

इसका उऩमोग कय वक्र्ा मह दशाार्ा हैं क्रक ववशष ऩरयजस्थनर्मों के अबाव भें दी गई
सुववधाओॊ को कभ क्रकमा जा सकर्ा हैं मा उचचर् ऩरयणाभ सम्बव नही हैं।
Example:
- र्ुभने ऩढ़ाई नही की र्ो र्ुभ अनुत्र्ीणा हो जाओगे।
  Unless you study, you will fail.
  Except you study, you will fail.
- भनुष्म ईश्वय के साम्राज्म को देख नही सकर्ा, वह के वर क्रपय से रेर्ा हैं।
  Unless a man is born again, he cannot see the kingdom of god.
  Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of god.
- कोई स्वप्न ऩूणा नही होर्ा जफ र्क हभ नीॊद से उठकय काभ भें नही जुट जार्े।
No dream comes true unless we wake up and go to work. No dream comes true except we wake up and go to work.
Why

इसका शाजब्दक अथा होर्ा है – ‘क्रकसलरए, तमों’।

इसका उऩमोग कायण सम्फन्धी उऩवातम सक्म्भसरत कयने के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। इन वाक्मों के अन्र् भें प्रश्नवाचक चचन्ह (?) नही रगार्े हैं।

Example:

हभें वहाॉ जाने क्रक जरूयर् नही हैं।
There is no reason why we should go there.
वह नही जानर्ी क्रक याभ उसके शरए ऩोशाक क्मों रामा।
She did not know why Ram brought dress for her.
भैं नही जानर्ा क्रक ऩुष्ऩा वहाॉ से क्मों गई।

I do not know why Puspa went from there.

PREPOSITIONS (सम्फन्धफोधक)

Preposition वह शब्द मा शब्दों का सभूह है जो ककसी Noun मा Pronoun के साथ प्रमोग ककमा

जाता है औय जो उस Noun मा Pronoun का सम्फन्ध ककसी दसये शब्द से प्रदर्शत कयता है.

The word or group of words that are used with a noun or pronoun to express its relation with some other work in the sentence is known as a Preposition.

English Prepositions	Hindi Prepositions
Prepositions	- सम्फन्धफोधक
inside the house	- घय के अदॊ य
outside the car	- काय से फाहय
with me	- भेये साथ
without him	- उसके बफना
under the table	- भेज के नीचे
after tomorrow	- कर के फाद
before sunset	- सूमा्स्त से ऩहरे
but I'm busy	- रेककन भैं व्मस्त हूॉ \|

As you can see on the example above, the structure of the Prepositions in Hindi takes a logical pattern. Locate the Prepositions above and see how it works with the rest of the sentence in Hindi.

List of Prepositions in Hindi

Below is a list of the Time place and demonstrative pronouns in Hindi placed in table? Memorizing this table will help you add very useful and important words to your Hindi vocabulary.

English Prepositions	Hindi
about	- के फाये भें
above	- ऊऩय
across	- के ऩाय
after	- के फाद
against	- के खिराप
among	- के फीच भें
around	- चायों ओय
as	- जैसा
at	- ऩय
before	- से ऩहरे
behind	- के ऩीछे
below	- नीचे
beneath	- नीचे
beside	- फगर भें
between	- के फीच

English Prepositions	Hindi
beyond	- ऩये
but	- रेककन
by	- द्वाया
despite	- के फावजूद
down	- नीचे
during	- दौयान
except	- र्सवाम
for	- के र्रए
from	- से
in	- भें
inside	- अदॊ य
into	- भें
near	- ननकट
next	- अगरा
of	- की or का
on	- ऩय
opposite	- साभने
out	- फाहय
outside	- फाहय

English Prepositions	Hindi
over	- के ऊऩय
per	- प्रनत
plus	- जोड़
round	- दौय or गोर
since	- के फाद से
than	- से
through	- के भाध्मभ से
till	- जफ तक
to	- से
toward	- की ओय
under	- अधीन or नीचे
unlike	- ववऩयीत
until	- जफ तक
up	- ऊऩय
via	- के भाध्मभ से
with	- साथ
within	- अदॊ य
without	- बफना

English Prepositions	Hindi
two words	- दो शब्दों
according to	- के अनुसाय
because of	- की वजह से
close to	- फॊद कयने के र्रए
due to	- के कायण
except for	- के अरावा
far from	- दयू से
inside of	- के अदॊ य
instead of	- के फजाम
near to	- के ऩास
next to	- के ऩास or के ननकट or के नज़दीक
outside of	- के फाहय
prior to	- ऩहरे से
three words	- तीन शब्द
as far as	- जहाॉ तक
as well as	- तथा
in addition to	- के अनतरयक्त
in front of	- के साभने

English Prepositions	Hindi
in spite of	- के फावजूद
on behalf of	- की ओय से
on top of	- के शीष् ऩय
demonstratives	- उऩऩादक सम्फन्धफोधक

English Prepositions	Hindi
this	- मह
that	- कक or वह
these	- मे
those	- उन

Basic Uses of Prepositions

A preposition shows a relationship between its object and other words in a sentence. The preposition may be in the form of one word (at, by, in, on, etc.) or in the form of a phrase that functions as a unit (in front of, by way of, etc.)

Some of the relationships that prepositions express are place or position, time, manner, direction, and agent.

The book is on the desk.	(place or position)
The boy ran toward the house.	(direction)
The man arrived at ten o'clock.	(time)
He travels by train.	(manner)
The book was written by him.	(agent)

A preposition + an object form a phrase. This kind of phrase usually functions as a modifier (adjective or adverb).

The report of the meeting was read.	(adjective)
We go to class at ten o'clock.	(adverb)

PREPOSITIONS of PLACE or POSITION

	on
	in
	by
The paper is	beside	the desk.
	near
	against
	under
	behind
	in back of
	in front of
He is sitting	beside	her.
	near
	by

	in
	inside
	outside
	in front of
Jack is	in back of	the car.
	behind
	underneath
	on top of
	across the park.
	around the park.
under the bridge.
	down the street.
They walked	up the street.
	over the hill.
	through the park.
	on the sidewalk.

The following sentences show some of the relationship of place or position expressed by various prepositions:

Below is a list of some prepositions that indicate relationships of place or position:

1.	at	Elizabeth is at the store.
1.		Is Mary at home?
2.	to	Elizabeth went to the store.
	from	Mr. MacDonald is from Scotland.
3.	in	Mr. Brown is sitting in the leather chair in the lobby.
	on	Put a stamp on the envelope.
		Please sit on the sofa.
4.	by	The matches are over there by the cigarettes.
	beside	The napkin is placed beside the plate.
	near	They are sitting near the window.
	against	Don't lean against the stove.
5.	over	Our apartment is directly over yours.
		A plane flew over our house at noon.
	under	The box is under the table.
	beneath	The closet is beneath the stairs.
	underneath	Put a pad underneath the rug.
	on top of	The carpenter is on top of the house.
6.	behind	The chair is behind the desk.

	in back of	John is standing in back of Harry.
	in front of	There is a car parked in front of the house.
7.	up	I saw Mr. Jones walking up the street.
	down	There is a service station about two miles down the road.
8.	across	They live across the street from us.
	around	Let's take a walk around the block.
	through	I took a walk through the park yesterday.
9.	between	Martha is sitting between George and jim.
	among	The letter is somewhere among these papers.
10.	inside	These plants should be kept inside the house
	outside	The chairs were left outside the house all night.
11.	after	Put a question mark after each question.
	before	In giving dates, we usually place the month before the day.
12.	above	This city is three thousand feet above sea level.
	below	This land is below sea level.

		Your grade is below averagae.
13.	at the top of	Your name is at the top of the waiting list.
	at the	His mane is at the bottom of

	bottom of	the list.
	at the head of	He is now at the head of his class.

PREPOSITIONS of DIRECTION

The prepositions listed in this section are those usually thought of as indicating direction. However, there is some overlapping of place and direction in such prepositions as from, to, through, up, down, over, under, etc.

The following sentence shows some of the relationships of direction expressed by various prepositions:

	into
The dog ran	out of	the building.
	toward

Below is a list of some prepositions that indicate relationships of direction:

1.	into	I walked into the room and sat down by the fireplace.
2.	out of	They ran out of the burning building.
3.	toward	He walked toward the City Hall.
4.	by way of	You can go by way of the Panama Canal.

Compare in--into in the following situations:

In ordinarily refers to place or position.

He is in his office now.

Into ordinarily refers to motion or action, although in is often used interchangeably with into in situations of this kind.

PREPOSITIONS
I saw him go into (in) the director's office a few minutes ago.

They went into (in) the building an hour ago.

PREPOSITIONS of TIME

The following sentence shows some of the relationships of time expressed by various prepositions:

	at
	by
Please arrive	before	10 o'clock.
	after

Below is a list of some prepositions that indicate relationships of time:

Note:	At 2:30 p.m. = at exactly or precisely 2:30 p.m.
	By 2 o'clock = not later than 2 o'clock.
	The definite article is used as the expression in the morning, (afternoon, evening, but not in at noon,
	(night, midnight).(Also see Section 75b.)

1.	at	The baseball game will start at 2:30 p.m.
		This gate opens at noon and closes at midnignt.
	by	Try to be there by 2 o'clock.
2.	in	The train will arrive in an hour.
		I must leave in a few minutes.
		He goes to work early in the morning.

	on	Ray's birthday is on November 18.
3.	for	They stayed for three weeks.
	during	We saw them often during the summer.
	since	We have been here since 1955.
4.	after	Call me again after 10 o'clock.
	before	He always gets home before 6 o'clock
5.	until	Why don't you stay

until (till) Sunday?

(till)

I'll be here till (until) 5 o'clock.

at the beginning of

I'll call you at the beginning of the week.

at the end of

You will receive your check at the end of the month.

in the middle of

Let's have lunch sometime in the middle of the week.

Interjection (इॊटयजेक्शन) ववस्भमादद फोधक अव्मम

ननम्न उदाहयणों ऩय ध्मान दें... See the examples below...

Hurrah! We have won.

Alas! I miss him.

Hurrah! Alas! इत्मादद जैसे शब्दों को interjections कहते हैं. इनका प्रमोग प्रफर बावनाओॊ को व्मतत कयने के सरए होता है. Grammar के दृक्टटकोण से इन शब्दों का वातम के अन्म शब्दों से सम्फन्ध नहीॊ होता. Interjections का प्रमोग रृदम भें एकदभ मा अचानक होने वारे बावनाओॊ को बी व्मतत कयने सरए होता है.

The words like Hurrah! Alas! etc are called interjections. These words are used to express very strong, sudden sentiments. Grammatically these words have no connection with the sentences they are used with.

Interjection से व्मतत होने वारी कु छ बावनाएॉ ननम्न हैं...

Below are some sentiments that are expressed with interjections...

Joy / खुशी	Hurrah!
Grief / गभ मा दखु	Alas!
Surprise / झटका	Oh! Ah! What!
Approval / स्वीकृ ती	Bravo!

कु छ शब्दों के सभूह को बी interjection के रूऩ भें प्रफर बावनाओॊ को व्मतत कयने के सरए प्रमुतत कय रेते हैं, जैसे... Sometimes some group of words are also used together to express strong sentinments, like...

Ah me!
For shame!
Well done!

Good gracious!

The table below shows some interjections with examples.

interjection	meaning	example
ah	expressing pleasure	"Ah, that feels good."
	expressing realization	"Ah, now I understand."
	expressing resignation	"Ah well, it can't be heped."
	expressing surprise	"Ah! I've won!"
alas	expressing grief or pity	"Alas, she's dead now."
dear	expressing pity	"Oh dear! Does it hurt?"
dear	expressing surprise	"Dear me! That's a surprise!"
eh	asking for repetition	"It's hot today." "Eh?" "I said it's hot today."
	expressing enquiry	"What do you think of that, eh?"
	expressing surprise	"Eh! Really?"
	inviting agreement	"Let's go, eh?"
er	expressing hesitation	"Lima is the capital of...er...Peru."
hello, hullo	expressing greeting	"Hello John. How are you today?"
hello, hullo	expressing surprise	"Hello! My car's gone!"
hey	calling attention	"Hey! look at that!"
hey	expressing surprise, joy etc	"Hey! What a good idea!"
hi	expressing greeting	"Hi! What's new?"
hmm	expressing hesitation, doubt or disagreement	"Hmm. I'm not so sure."
oh, o	expressing surprise	"Oh! You're here!"
	expressing pain	"Oh! I've got a toothache."
	expressing pleading	"Oh, please say 'yes'!"
ouch	expressing pain	"Ouch! That hurts!"
uh	expressing hesitation	"Uh...I don't know the answer to that."
uh-huh	expressing agreement	"Shall we go?" "Uh-huh."
um, umm	expressing hesitation	"85 divided by 5 is...um 17."
well	expressing surprise	"Well I never!"

Tense (टेन्स) – कार (सभम के सन्दब् भें किमा के रूऩ)

No sentence can be complete without a verb. The verb gives information about the action being performed or information about the state of a noun or pronoun.

To give a complete picture of the action or state, the proper form of a verb should be used so as to give an indication in relation to time.

We should be able to make out whether the work has been completed, it is presently underway or it will be done after some time.

ककसी वातम को verb (वफथ) के बफना ऩूया नहीॊ भाना जाता है. verb ऐसा शब्द मा शब्दों का सभूह है जो सम्फॊधधत नाउन मा प्रोनाउन के फाये भें मा उसके द्वाया ककमे जा यहे ककसी कमाथ का वववयण कयता है. घटना मा कामथ का वववयण स्ऩटट औय ऩूया कयने के सरमे verb का रूऩ फदरता है. verb के रूऩ से चचाथ ककमे जा यहे कामथ का सभम के साथ सम्फॊध ऩता चरता है.

मह ऩता चरता है कक वह कामथ अबी चर यहा है मा ऩूया हो चका ह.ै
मह ऩता चरता है कक वह कामथ मा घटना फीत चके सभम की है मा आने वारे सभम भें होगी.

उदाहयण

I walk

आई वॉक

भैं चरता हूॉ

I walked

आई वॉतड

भैं चरता था

I will walk

आई ववर वॉक

भैं चरूॊगा

ऊऩय के उदाहयण भें तीन वातम हैं. मे तीनों वाक्म प्रोनाउन (I) के कामथ to walk (चरना) को दशाथते हैं रेककन तीनों के रूऩ अरग-अरग हैं - walk, walked औय will walk. तीनों रूऩ भें किमा का सभम का सन्दबथ अरग है. walk चारू सभम (present - वतथभान) भें चरने की जानकायी देता है, जफ की walked फीते सभम (past - बूत) भें चरने के फाये भें औय will walk फताता है कक भै आने वारे सभम (future - बववटम) भें चरूॊगा.

सभम चि के सम्फॊध भें verb (किमा) के फदरते रूऩ को Tense (कार) कहते हैं. Tense के तीन भुख्म वगथ हैं...

Present Tense (वतथभान कार)
Past Tense (बूत कार)
Future Tense (बववटम कार)

Present Tense (वत्भान कार)

The form of verb that indicates a underway or just currently completed action is known as the present tense.

Verb का जो रूऩ वतथभान सभम को सूधचत कयता है Present Tense कहराता है. I walk.

Past Tense (बूत कार)

The form of verb that indicates to an action that had occured in the past is known as the past tense. Verb का जो रूऩ फीते सभम को सूधचत कयता है Past Tense कहराता है.

I walked.

Future Tense (बववष्म कार)

Similary, the form of verb that indicates an action that will occur after some time (in the future) is known as the future tense.

Verb का जो रूऩ आने वारे सभम को सूधचत कयता है Future Tense कहराता है. I will walk.

Four sub-classes of each of the three tenses

Tenses का ऩरयचम मह फताए बफना ऩूय नहीॊ हो सकता कक English बाषा भें कार के प्रत्मेक वगथ के अॊतगथत 4 उऩ-वगथ को ऩहचाना गमा है क्जनके उधचत उऩमोग से हभ होने वारी घटना का फेहतय वणथन कय सकते हैं.

मे उऩ-वगथ हैं...

Simple or Indefinite
Continuous
Perfect
Perfect Continuous

वातम भें Verb का उऩमोग ककसी कामथ मा ऩरयक्स्थनत का वववयण देने के सरमे ककमा जाता है. A verb is used in a sentence to describe an action or status.

इस वववयण को ऩूया कयने के सरमे मह जरूयी है की मह ऩता चरे कक उस कामथ की क्स्थनत बी ऩता चरे - मह ऩता चरे कक वह कामथ ऩूया हो गमा है मा वतथभान भें प्रगती ऩय है मा अबी होने वारा है. सभम के सन्दबथ भें To complete this description it is important that it be described in relation to time - past, present or

future.

इस जानकायी के सरमे tense का उऩमोग ककमा जाता है. Tense is used to provide this information

English बाषा भें tense (कार) के 12 रूऩ हैं. English language has 12 forms to elaborate the tense of the verb.

नीचे walk शब्द के सबी 12 रूऩ ददमे गमे हैं. Below are the twelve forms of the verb walk.

Present Tense

Present Indefinite Tense

ता , ते, ती के फाद हैं , हों , हूॉ

I walk.

भें चरता हूॉ.

Present indefinite tense, verb का वह रूऩ है क्जससे काभ का होना प्रकट होता है, ऩयॊतु काभ के ऩूणथ होने मा अऩूणथ यहने के ववषम कु छ जानकायी नहीॊ सभरती. कार के indefinite रूऩ का प्रमोग स्वाबाववक कामथ, साधायण सच प्रकट कयने के सरमे ककमा जाता है.

For habitual actions.

भेये वऩर्ाजी प्रनर्हदन शाभ को ऩुस्र्कारम जार्े हैं।
My father goes to library every evening.
भैं प्रनर्हदन एक कहानी ऩढ़र्ा हूॉ।
I read a story everyday.
रर्ा प्राम: देयी से ऩहुॉचर्ी हैं।
Lata often arrives late.
For universal truth.
ऩथ्ृ वी सूमा के चायों ओय चक्कय रगार्ी हैं।
The earth goes around the sun.
सूमा ऩुवा से ननकरर्ा (उगर्ा) हैं।
The sun rises in the east.
To express facts those are true at the time of speaking.
सुयेश धीये चरर्ा हैं, ऩयन्र्ु ज्दी ही वह गनर् ऩकड़ रेगा।
Suresh walks slowly, but he will soon gain speed.
याभ कठोय ऩरयश्रभ नही कयर्ा हैं, रेक्रकन वह ऩयीऺा ऩास कय रेगा।
Ram does not work hard, but he will pass the examination.
To express habits, customs and ability.
भेये दादाजी हदन भें दस शसगयेट ऩीर्े हैं।
My grandfather smokes ten cigarettes a day. (Habit)
हभ कानर्का भाह भें दीऩावरी भनार्े हैं।
We celebrate Dipawali in the month of Kartik. (Custom)
हरय अऩनी भार्ृ बाषा की र्यह (के साथ-साथ) अॊग्रेजी बी फोरर्ा हैं।
Hari speaks English as well as his mother language. (Ability)
To express fixed program in future time.
हभायी ऩयीऺा सोभवाय से प्रायम्ब होंगी।
Our examination starts on Monday.
हद्री के शरए ऩहरी फस प्रार्: ऩाॊच फजे छु टर्ी हैं।
The first bus leaves for Delhi at 5 a.m.
To express quick action being done at the moment.
सचचन ने छक्का रगामा।
Sachin hits the ball for a six.
ध्मानचन्द ने गेंद री औय गोर भें दाग दी।

Dhyanchand takes the ball and hits it into the goal.

Subject + am/is/are (only for – ve verb) + Verb-I (s/es- only with thired person of

subject - he/she/it etc or singular number of Subject) + Object + Others

दहदॊ ी से English भें अनुवाद कयते सभम ध्मान यखा जाता है की Verb कौन सा है अथाथत भुख्म है मा सहामक है , मदद भुख्म हो तो am/is/are उऩमोग नहीॊ कयते जैसे –

भनैं े अऩना ऩाठ माद कय सरमा है
I learn my lesion.
भै चाम ऩीता हूॉ
I take tea.

औय मदद सहामक हो तो am/is/are का उऩमोग कयते है क्जसे हभ अऩने आसान बाषा भें -ve Verb कह सकते है (ऐसा कोई अक्स्तत्व भें नहीॊ है ) मा ऐसा Verb क्जसभे Action देखने को न सभरे जैसे - ककसी का कु छ होना.
भैं एक सशऺक हूॉ
I am a teacher
भै एक खखराडी हूॉ
I am a player.

मदद Subject Third Person (he/she/it )हो मा Singular Number हो तो Verb के साथ s/es रगामा जाता है जैसे –
कु त्ता बौकता है (Subject Singular Number है ) Dog barks.
कु त्ते बौकते हैं (Subject Plural Number है ) Dogs bark.
वह सच फोरती है (Subject Third Person है ) She speaks the truth.
तुभ सच फोरते हो (Subject Second Person है ) You speak th truth.
श्री ऩटेर हभें अॊग्रेजी ऩढाते है (Subject Singular Number है ) Mr. Patel teaches us English.
वे हभें अॊग्रेजी ऩढ़ाते हैं

They teach us English (Subject Second Person है ) Note –

First and second person – I / We / You / They ..etc

Third person – He / She / It ..etc

Negative Sentences

नकायात्भक वातम फनाने के सरए हभ - ve Verb वारे वातमों भें am/ is/ are के फाद not का प्रमोग कयते है औय + ve Verb वारे वातमों के सरए do / does (Third Person के साथ does जैसे - he ,she ,it etc ..औय First /Second Person के साथ do का प्रमोग कयते है जैसे - I / we / you / they etc..

Magic with English by V.K. Patel

Subject + am / is / are (For –Ve Verb) / do / does (For + Ve Verb) + not + Verb-I

+Object + Other

भैं एक सशऺक नहीॊ हूॉ
I am not a Teacher.
भैं एक खखराडी नहीॊ हूॉ
I am not a player.
कु त्ता नहीॊ बौकता है
Dog does not bark.
कु त्ते नहीॊ बौकते हैं

Dogs do not bark.

वह सच नहीॊ फोरती है
She does not speak the truth.
तुभ सच नहीॊ फोरते हो
You do not speak the truth.
श्री ऩटेर हभें अॊग्रेजी नहीॊ ऩढाते हैं
Mr. Patel does not teach us English.
वे हभें अॊग्रेजी नहीॊ ऩढाते हैं

They do not teach us English

Interogative Sentences

Am / is /are or do / does + Subject +Verb –I + Object + Others

प्रश्न वाचक वातम फनाने के सरए -ve Verb के साथ am / is / are को Subject के ऩहरे प्रमोग ककमा जाता है तथा

+ve Verb के साथ do/ does

 तमा भैं एक सशऺक हूॉ?  तमा तुभ सच फोरते हो ? Am I a Teacher? Do you speak the truth?

 तमा भैं एक खखराडी हूॉ ?  तमा श्री ऩटेर हभें अॊग्रेजी ऩढाते हैं ? Am I a player? Does Mr. Patel teach us English?

 तमा कु त्ता बौकता है ?  तमा वे हभें अॊग्रेजी ऩढाते हैं ? Does Dog bark? Do they teach us English?

 तमा कु त्ते बौकते हैं ?  तमा वह सच फोरता है ?

Do Dogs bark? Does he speak the truth?

कु छ वातम क्जन ऩय प्रश्न फाद भें होता है जैसे –

तुम्हाया नाभ तमा है ?
तुभ कहाॉ यहते हो ?
वह कहाॉ जा यहा है ?

इस तयह के वातमों भें प्रश्न फाद भें होता है क्जसे अॊग्रेजी भें अनुवाद कयते सभम W/H के साथ am / is / are औय do / does का प्रमोग कयते हैं W/H का Subject के ऩहरे प्रमोग ककमा जाता है कु छ W/H ननम्न हैं –

What - तमा To Whom - ककसे

Why - तमों By Whom - ककसके द्वाया

Who - कौन How – कै से

Whose - ककसका How much -ककतना (Uncountable)

Whom - ककसको How many - ककतना (Countable)

With Whom - ककसके साथ How often -कफ -कफ

Which - ककसका / कौन सा

Where - कहाॉ

When - कफ

How long - कफ तक How for -ककतनी दयू How tall - ककतना रम्फा

W/H + am / is / are or do / does + Subject +verb –I +object +Other

What is your name?
Where are you leaving?
Where is he go?

*इसी प्रकाय आगे के Tenses भें बी W / H औय प्रश्नों के ऩूछे जाने के दोनों प्रकायों का अनुवाद क्रकमा जामेगा
Interogative with Negative

इस प्रकाय के वातमों भें प्रश्नवाचक के साथ नकायात्भक वातम बी होते है इनको अनुवाद कयते सभम W/H के फाद
Subject औय इसके फाद not का प्रमोग कयते हैं

W/H + am / is / are or do / does + Subject +verb –I +object +Other
- तमा वह नहीॊ आमा ? Does he not come ?
- तमा भैं चाम नहीॊ ऩीता हूॉ ? Do I not take tea ?
- वह कहा नहीॊ जाता है ? Where he not go ?

Present Continuous Tense

यहा , यही , यहे के फाद हैं , हों , हूॉ
I am walking.
भैं चर यहा हूॉ.

Verb के इस रूऩ से फोध होता है कक वतथभान भें क्जस सभम मह फात कही गई उस सभम काभ ऩूणथ नहीॊ हुआ है, अबी चर यहा है.
To show an action is going on at the time of speaking, For this, adverb like “now, at this moment” are used with the sentences.
- अॊग्रेजी के अध्माऩक भुझे अॊग्रेजी ऩढ़ा यहे हैं।
  English teacher is teaching me now.
- इस सभम भैं उससे फार् नही कय यहा हूॉ।
  I am not talking with him at this moment.
- याभ अबी नहा यहा हैं।
  Ram is taking a bath now.
  To show a temporary action which, is not in the action at the time of speaking, For this adverb like “now a days” is used.
- इन हदनों भैं यभेश के साथ कामा कय यहा हूॉ।
  I am working with Mr. Ramesh now a day. (But I am not working at this moment.)
  For programs fixed in advance, For this adverb like “next, later this morning, tonight and tomorrow”
  
  are used with the sentences.
  - भैं अगरे यवववाय आगया जा यहा हूॉ।
    I am leaving for Agra next Sunday.
  - भेये चाचा आज यार् शसनेभा जा यहे हैं।
    My uncle is going to cinema tonight.
    
    Subject + am / is / are + Vreb- ing + Object + Other
    
    इस Tense भें अॊग्रेजी भें अनुवाद कयते सभम Verb का ing Form का प्रमोग ककमा जाता है तमुकी मह कामथ की ननयॊतयता को प्रदसशथत कयता है
    - भैं अॊग्रेजी सीख यहा हूॉ.
      I am learning English.
    - वह आ यहा है . He is coming
    - आऩ भुझे भ्रसभत कय यहे है. You are confusing me.
    - शेष अफ ननकर यहा है. Shesh is leaving now.
    - वह अथशास्र भें एभ. ए कय यहा है.
      He is doing an M.A. in Economics.
    - भैं तुभसे सभरने जा यहा हूॉ. I am going to met you.
      
      Negative Sentence
      
      Subject + am / is / are + not + Verb-ing + Object + Others
      - भैं अॊग्रेजी नहीॊ सीख यहा हूॉ.
        I am not learning English.
      - वह नहीॊ आ यहा है . He is not coming.
      - आऩ भुझे भ्रसभत नहीॊ कय यहे है. You are not cofusing me.
      - शेष अफ नहीॊ ननकर यहा है. Shesh is not leaving now.
        Economics.
        भैं तुभसे सभरने नहीॊ जा यहा हूॉ.
      - वह अथशास्र भें एभ. ए नहीॊ कय यहा है. He is not doing an M.A. in
        
        I am not going to met you.
        
        Interogative Sentence
        
        मदद प्रश्न ऩहरे ककमा गमा हो तो am / is / are का प्रमोग ऩहरे ककमा जाता है
        
        am / is / are + Subject + Verb-ing + Object + Others
        
        तमा शेष अफ ननकर यहा है? Is shesh leaving now?
        तमा वह अथशास्र भें एभ. ए . कय यहा है ? Is he doing an M.A. in Economics?
        तमा भैं तुभसे सभरने जा यहा हूॉ ? Am I going to met you?
        तमा भैं अॊग्रेजी सीख यहा हूॉ ? Am I learning English?
        तमा वह आ यहा है ? Is he coming?
        तमा आऩ भुझे भ्रसभत कय यहे हैं ? Are you confusing me?
मदद प्रश्न फाद ककमा गमा हो तो am / is / are के ऩहरे W/H का प्रमोग ऩहरे ककमा जाता है

W/H + am / is / are + Subject + Verb-ing + Object + Others
- भैं कहाॉ अॊग्रेजी सीख यहा हूॉ ? Where am I learning English?
- वह कहाॉ से आ यहा है ? Where is he coming?
- आऩ भुझे भ्रसभत तमों कय यहे हैं ? Why are you confusing me?
- शेष अफ कहाॉ ननकर यहा है? Where is shesh leaving now?
- वह अथशास्र भें एभ. ए . कफ से कय यहा है ? To When is he doing an M.A. in Economics?
- भैं तुभसे कफ सभरने जा यहा हूॉ ? When am I going to met you?
  
  Interogative with negative
  
  W/H + am / is / are + Subject + not + + Verb-ing + Object +Others
- भैं कहाॉ अॊग्रेजी नहीॊ सीख यहा हूॉ ? Where am I not learning English?
- वह कहाॉ से नहीॊ आ यहा है ? Where is he not coming?
- आऩ भुझे भ्रसभत तमों नहीॊ कय यहे हैं ? Why are you not confusing me?
- शेष अफ कहाॉ नहीॊ ननकर यहा है? Where is shesh not leaving now?
- वह अथशास्र भें एभ. ए . कफ से नहीॊ कय यहा है ?
  To when is he not doing an M.A. in
  Economics?
- भैं तुभसे कफ सभरने नहीॊ जा यहा हूॉ ? When am I not going to met you?
Present Perfect Tense
I have walked.
भैं चरा हूॉ / भैं चर
चका / मा , चुकी / मी , चुके / मे के फाद हैं , हों , हूॉ,
चका हूॉ

महाॉ verb से इस फात का फोध हो यहा है कक वतथभान भें जो कामथ ककमा जा यहा था, अबी ऩूया हुआ है.
To show a completed action with an indefinite point of time in the immediate past,
- भेयी भार्ाजी खाना ऩका चुकी हैं।
  My mother has cooked the food.
- याभ ने अबी-अबी अऩना गहकामा ऩूया कय शरमा ह।ैं
  Ram has just completed his homework.
- सचचन ने एक औय शर्क रगा शरमा हैं।
  Sachin has scored another century.
  To show a completed action in an unfinished period of time,
- भेये वऩर्ाजी आज सुफह से दो कऩ क पी ऩी चुके हैं।
  My father has drunk two cup of coffee this morning.
- भने कबी बी शयाफ का उऩमोग नही क्रकमा ह।ैं
  I have never used liquor.
  To show an action which is continued up to the present time,
- भुझे महाॉ यहर्े दस सार हो गमे हैं।
  I have lived here for ten years. (I am still living here.)
  - याभ को इस ऑक्रपस भें काभ कयर्े दो सार हो गमे हैं।
    Ram has worked in this office for two years.
    To show a action Actions which happened in the past, but have an effect in the present,
  - याभ अऩनी साइक्रकर धो चुका हैं।
    Ram has washed his bicycle. (Now it is clean.)
  - भेयी भार्ाजी ने आऩके शरए चाम फना री हैं।
    My mother has prepared tea for you. (Now it is on the table.)
    
    Subject + has / have + Verb –III + Object +Others
    - उसे फुखाय आमा है
      He has got a fever.
    - वह नहा चकू ा है
      He has bathed.
    - ऩप्ऩू जा चकू ा है
    Pappu has gone.
    - असभत आमा है
      Amit has come
    - भने ववनोद को ऩर बेजा है
      I have sent a letter to Vinod.
    - उसे जुकाभ हो गमा है
      He has got a cold.
      
      Negative Sentence
      
      Subject + has / have+ not + Verb –III + Object +Others
      - उसे फुखाय नहीॊ आमा है
        He has not got a fever.
      - वह नहीॊ नहा चकू ा है
        He has not bathed.
      - ऩप्ऩू नहीॊ जा चकू ा है
      Pappu has not gone.
    - असभत नहीॊ आमा है
      Amit has not come
    - भने ववनोद को ऩर नहीॊ बेजा है
      I have not sent a letter to Vinod.
    - उसे जुकाभ नहीॊ हुआ है
      He has not got a cold.
      
      Interogative Sentence
      
      W/H + has / have+ Subject + Verb –III + Object +Others
      - उसे फुखाय कफ से आमा है?
        To when has he got a fever?
      - तमा वह नहा चकू ा है? Has He bathed?
      - तमा ऩप्ऩू जा चकू ा है? Has Pappu gone?
    - असभत कफ आमा है ? When has Amit come?
    - तमा भने ववनोद को ऩर बेजा है ?
      Have I sent a letter to Vinod?
    - उसे जुकाभ कै से हुआ है ? How has he got a cold?
Interogative with Negative Sentence

W/H + has / have+ Subject + not + Verb –III + Object +Others
- असभत कफ नहीॊआमा है ? When has Amit not come?
- उसे फुखाय कफ से नहीॊ आमा है?
  To when has not he got a fever?
  - तमा भन
े ववनोद को ऩर नहीॊ बेजा है ?
- तमा वह नहीॊ नहा चक
  ा है?
  Have I not sent a letter to Vinod? Has He not bathed?
  - उसे जुकाभ कै से नहीॊ हुआ है ?
  - तमा ऩप्ऩू नहीॊ जा चक
ा है
How has he not got a cold? Has Pappu not gone?
Present Perfect Continuous Tense

सभम + से ..यहा , यही , यहें हैं

I have been walking.

भैं चरता यहा हूॉ / भ सभम से चरता यहा हूॉ

मह verb का वह कार है जो फताता है कक किमा द्वाया उल्रेखखत कामथ कु छ सभम से रगाताय चर यह है औय अबी बी चर यहा है.

जैसे की हभें ऻात है की Continuous Tense भें Verb का ing Form का प्रमोग होता है तथा Perfect Tense भें Verb का 3 रूऩ प्रमोग होता है तो Perfect Continuous Tense भें Verb के 3 Form के सरए been का प्रमोग औय साथ भें Continuous के सरए Verb का ing Form बी होता है

To show an action that has just stopped or recently stopped,

र्ुभ नही सभझोंगे क्मोंक्रक र्ुभने नही सुना।
You don’t understand because you haven’t been listening.
सड़क गीरी क्मों हैं, क्मा वषाा हुई?
Why is the road wet, has it been raining?

To show an action continuing up to now,
भैं दो घॊटे से पु टफ र खेर यहा हूॉ।
I have been playing football for two hours. (I am still playing now.)

भेयी भार्ाजी एक फजे से खाना ऩका यही हैं।

My mother has been cooking food since 1 O’clock. (She is still cooking now)

Subject + has / have + been + Verb-ing + Object + since / for + Time

Since

For

Point of Time

Period of time

1,2,3, o’clock

Sun,mon,tue …………………… Jan, feb, march …………… 1992, 93, 94, …………………

Morning, afternoon, evening last night ..

2,3,4 hours

2,3,4 days

2,3,4, months

2,3,4, years

For a long time

भै सुफह से उसका इॊतजाय कय यहा हूॉ
I have been waiting for him since morning.
वह आजकर फहुत ऩढाई कय यहा है
He has been studying hard recently.
फच्चे ७ फजे से खेर यहे है

Boys have been playing since 7 o’clock.

आजकर वह हय योज ८ घॊटे काभ कय यहा है He has been working for 8 hour a day recently.

भैं कई घॊटों से कताय भें खड़ा हूॉ

I have been studying in the queue for hours.

Negatiove Sentence

Perfect continuous Tense भें नकायात्भक , प्रश्नवाचक वातमों का प्रमोग ज्मादातय साधायण फोरचार के सरए नहीॊ होता है

Subject + has / have + not + been + Verb-ing + Object + since / for + Time

आजकर वह हय योज ८ घॊटे काभ नहीॊ कय यहा है
He has not been working for 8 hour a
day recently.
भैं कई घॊटों से कताय भें नहीॊ खड़ा हूॉ

I have not been studying in the queue for hours.

भै सुफह से उसका इॊतजाय नहीॊ कय यहा हूॉ
I have not been waiting for him since morning.
वह आजकर फहुत ऩढाई नहीॊ कय यहा है
He has not been studying hard recently.
फच्चे ७ फजे से नहीॊ खेर यहे है
Boys have not been playing since 7 o’clock.

Interogative Sentence

W/H + has / have Subject + been + Verb-ing + Object + since / for + Time
- आजकर वह हय योज ८ घॊटे काभ कै से कय यहा है?
  How has he been working for 8 hour a
  day recently?
- तमा भैं कई घॊटों से कताय भें खड़ा हूॉ?
Have I been studying in the queue for hours?
तमा भै सुफह से उसका इॊतजाय कय यहा हूॉ? Have I been waiting for him since morning?
तमा वह आजकर फहुत ऩढाई कय यहा है? Has He been studying hard recently?

फच्चे ७ फजे से तमा खेर यहे है?

What have Boys been playing since 7 o’clock?

Interogative With Negative Sentance

W/H + has / have Subject + not + been + Verb-ing + Object + since / for + Time

आजकर वह हय योज ८ घॊटे काभ कै से नहीॊ कय यहा है?
How has he not been working for 8
hour a day recently?
तमा भैं कई घॊटों से कताय भें नहीॊ खड़ा हूॉ?

Have I not been studying in the

queue for hours?

तमा भै सुफह से उसका इॊतजाय नहीॊ कय यहा हूॉ?
Have I not been waiting for him
since morning?
तमा वह आजकर फहुत ऩढाई नहीॊ कय यहा है?
Has He not been studying hard recently?
फच्चे ७ फजे से तमा नहीॊ खेर यहे है? What have Boys not been playing since 7 o’clock?

Past Tense

Past Indefinite Tense

ता, ते ,ती के फाद था, थे,थी (मा ,मे ,मी )

I walked.

भैं चरता था.

इस कार को गुजये सभम भें होने वारे ककसी कामथ मा आदत मा आभ फात को व्मक्त कयने के सरमे प्रमोग ककमा जाता है.

चट्टानें सख्र् थी।  ऩुष्ऩा भेयी शभत्र थी।

The rocks were stiff. Pushpa was my friend.

उसकी हाथ घड़ी भु्मवान थी।  भौसभ सुहावना था।

His wrist watch was valuable. The weather was pleasant.

फच्चा ननदोष था।  उसका हस्र्रेख आकषका था।

The child was innocent. His handwriting was attractive

They were claver.

To indicate an action completed in the past with the adverb phrases of past time.

I ate my food at 10 O’clock.

Ram went there yesterday.

Ramesh left Agra last year.

वे चर्ुय थें।

भनैं े दस फजे खाना खामा।
याभ कर वहाॉ गमा।
यभेश ने वऩछरे वषा आगया छोड़ हदमा।

भने कर दो ऩत्र शरखे।
I wrote two letters yesterday.
To show an action which was completed in the past without the adverb phrases of past time, in such sentences time may be indicated by the context.
भैं एक वषा र्क उदमऩुय भें यहा।
I lived in Udaipur for one year. (I am not living now.)
बायर् ने ऩाक्रकस्र्ान को कायचगर मुद्ध भें हयामा।
India defeated Pak in Kargil war.
भैं दो वषो र्क उस भकान का भाशरक यहा।
I owned that house for two year. (I don’t own that house now.)
To indicate an action in a finished period of time.
भेंने आज सुफह र्ीन कऩ चाम ऩी।
I drank three cups of tea this morning.
जफ भैं आगया भें था, कबी र्ाजभहर देखने नही गमा।
When I was in Agra, I never went to see Tajmahal.

Subject + was / were (only for Negative Verb) + Verb-II + Object + Others
- शेष ने गरती से चाम भें नभक डारा. Shesh put salt in the tea by mistake.
- उसे इस फाये भें सफ भारूभ था.
  He knew everything about this.
- वह हभेशा गुराफी कऩडे ऩहनती थी. She always wore pink clothes
- बायती ने ववनोद से ऩुछा. Bharati asked Vinod.
- भै सशऺक था.
  I was a teacher.
- सौम्मा एक खखराडी थी. Saumya was a player.
- वह आमा. He came.
- आज सुफह भैं ६ फजे उठा. I got up at 6 am.
  
  Negatiove Sentence
  
  Subject + was / were + not (For Negative Verb) + Verb-I + Object + Others
  
  नकायात्भक शब्दों भें Negative Verb के सरए was / were के फाद not का प्रमोग कयते है तथा Verb का ऩहरा रूऩ को प्रमोग भें राते हैं
  - अकफय एक भहान याजा नहीॊ था. Akabar was not a great king.
  - श्री अटर बफहायी फाजऩेमी बायत के प्रधानभॊरी नहीॊ थे.
  Mr. Atal Bihari Bajpeyi was not prime
  minister
- भै सशऺक नहीॊ था.
  I was not a teacher.
- सौम्मा एक खखराडी नहीॊ थी. Saumya was not a player.
  
  Positive Verb वारे वातमों भें नकायात्भक फनाने के सरए Subject के फाद Did रगाकय Not का प्रमोग ककमा जाता है तथा verb का ऩहरा रूऩ का ही प्रमोग होता है.
  - वह नहीॊ आमा.
  He did not come.
  - उसे इस फाये भें सफ भारूभ नहीॊ था.

He did not know everything about

आज सुफह भैं ६ फजे नहीॊ उठा. I did not get up at 6 am.
बायती ने ववनोद से नहीॊ ऩुछा. Bharati did not ask Vinod.
शेष ने गरती से चाम भें नभक नही डारा.

Shesh did not put salt in the tea

by mistake

this.

वह हभेशा गुराफी कऩडे ऩहनती नहीॊ थी.
She did not always were pink
clothes.

Interogative Sentence

W/H + Was / Were (For Negative Verb) Subject + Verb-I + Object + Others

प्रश्नवाचक शब्दों भें Negative Verb के सरए was / were को Subject के ऩहरे प्रमोग कयते है तथा Verb का ऩहरा रूऩ को प्रमोग भें राते हैं एवॊ प्रश्न मदद फीच भें ऩुछा गमा है तो W / H का प्रमोग कयते है.
- तमा भै सशऺक नहीॊ था? Was I a teacher?
- सौम्मा कै सी खखराडी थी. How was Saumya player?
- तमा अकफय एक भहान याजा था? Was Akabar a great king?
- श्री अटर बफहायी फाजऩेमी बायत के कै से प्रधानभॊरी थे? How was Mr. Atal Bihari Bajpeyi prime minister?
  प्रश्नवाचक शब्दों भें Positive Verb के सरए did को Subject के ऩहरे प्रमोग कयते है तथा Verb का ऩहरा रूऩ को प्रमोग भें राते हैं एवॊ प्रश्न मदद फीच भें ऩुछा गमा है तो W / H का प्रमोग कयते है.
  W/H + Did + Subject + Verb-I + Object + Others
  - वह तमों आमा? Why did he come?
  - तमा आज सुफह भैं ६ फजे उठा? Did I get up at 6 am?
  - बायती ने ववनोद से तमा ऩुछा? What did Bharati ask Vinod?
  - तमा शेष ने गरती से चाम भें नभक डारा? Did Shesh put salt in the tea by mistake?
उसे इस फाये भें कै से सफ भारूभ था?
How did he know everything about this?

वह हभेशा गुराफी कऩडे तमों ऩहनती थी? Why did she always were pink clothes?

Interogative with Negative Sentence

प्रश्नवाचक के साथ नकायात्भक शब्दों भें Positive Verb के सरए did +not को Subject के ऩहरे प्रमोग कयते है तथा Verb का ऩहरा रूऩ को प्रमोग भें राते हैं एवॊ प्रश्न मदद फीच भें ऩुछा गमा है तो W / H का प्रमोग कयते है.

W/H + Did Subject + not (For Negative Verb) + Verb-I + Object + Others

Did Shesh not put salt in the tea

by mistake?

How did he not know everything

about this?

Why did she not always were pink

clothes?

Past Continuous Tense

यहा ,यही , यहे के फाद था , थे ,थी

I was walking.

भैं चर यहा था.

मह गुजये सभम (बूतकार) के ऐसे कामथ का वणथन है जो आयम्ब हुआ हुआ था ऩय क्जसके ऩूणथ होने की फात नहीॊ है.

To show an action is going on at some time in the past,

Navendu was completing his homework, when I was at home.

My mother was preparing our breakfast.

To indicate the continuous nature of the action,

What were you doing yesterday?

Jhankar was still sleeping after the sun had risen.

It was raining all day yesterday.

To indicate that an action was going on while something else was happening. In such cases we use “while”.

While Kamini was singing, Lata was dancing.

While I was writing a letter, my father called me.

वह तमों नहीॊ आमा? Why did he not come?
तमा आज सुफह भैं ६ फजे नहीॊ उठा? Did I not get up at 6 am?
बायती ने ववनोद से तमा नहीॊ ऩुछा? What did Bharati not ask Vinod?
तमा शेष ने गरती से चाम भें नभक नहीॊ डारा?

उसे इस फाये भें कै से सफ भारूभ नहीॊ था?
वह हभेशा गुराफी कऩडे तमों नहीॊ ऩहनती थी?

जफ भैं घय ऩय था, नवेन्दु अऩना गहृ कामा ऩूया कय यहा था।
भेयी भार्ाजी हभाया नाश्र्ा र्ैमाय कय यही थी।
आऩ कर क्मा कय यहे थे?
झॊकाय सुयज उगने के फाद बी सो यहा था।
कर हदन बय वषाा हो यही थी।
जजस सभम काशभनी गा यही थी, रर्ा नाच यही थीॊ।
जजस सभम भें ऩत्र शरख यहा था, भेये वऩर्ाजी ने भुझे फुरामा।

Subject + was / were + Vreb- ing + Object + Other

Was - he,she,it,Singular number Were - I,we,you,they, Plural Number

इस Tense भें अॊग्रेजी भें अनुवाद कयते सभम Verb का ing Form का प्रमोग ककमा जाता है तमुकी मह कामथ की ननयॊतयता को प्रदसशथत कयता है

वह भेयी तयप देख यही थी. She was looking at me.
वह तुम्हायी तायीप कया यहा था. He was praising you.

वह चाम ऩी यहा था. He was taking tea.
वे जा यहे थे.
They were going.
हवा चर यही थी.
The wind was blowing.

Negative Sentence

Subject + was / were + not + Vreb- ing + Object + Other

इस तयह के वातमों भें सहामक किमा के फाद Not का प्रमोग ककमा जाता है
- वह भेयी तयप नहीॊ देख यही थी. She was not looking at me.
- वह तुम्हायी तायीप नहीॊ कय यहा था. He was not praising you.
वह चाम नहीॊ ऩी यहा था. He was not taking tea.
वे नहीॊ जा यहे थे.
They were not going.
हवा नहीॊ चर यही थी.
The wind was not blowing.

Interogative Sentence

प्रशॊवाचक शब्दों के सरए मह ध्मान भें यखा जाता है की प्रश्न ऩहरे ऩुछा गमा है मा फीच भें मदद ऩहरे हो तो was / were का प्रमोग subject के ऩहरे कयते है तथा फीच भें हो तो W / H का प्रमोग सफसे ऩहरे कयते है कपय was / were का प्रमोग कयते हैं
W/H + was / were + Subject + Vreb- ing + Object + Other
- वह चाम तमों ऩी यहा था? Why was he taking tea?
- तमा वे जा यहे थे? Where they going?
- तमा हवा चर यही थी?
Was the wind blowing?
- वह भेयी तयप तमों देख यही थी? Why was she looking at me?
- तमा वह तुम्हायी तायीप कय यहा था? Was he praising you?

Interogative with Negative Sentence

प्रशॊवाचक औय नकायात्भक शब्दों के सरए मह ध्मान भें यखा जाता है की प्रश्न ऩहरे ऩुछा गमा है मा फीच भें मदद ऩहरे हो तो was / were का प्रमोग subject के ऩहरे कयते है तथा Not का प्रमोग subject के फाद औय फीच भें हो तो W / H का प्रमोग सफसे ऩहरे कयते है कपय was / were का प्रमोग कयते हैं

W/H + was / were + Subject + not + Vreb- ing + Object + Other

वह चाम तमों नहीॊ ऩी यहा था? Why was he not taking tea?
तमा वे नहीॊ जा यहे थे? Were they not going?
तमा हवा नहीॊ चर यही थी? Was the wind not blowing?
वह भेयी तयप तमों नहीॊ देख यही थी? Why was she not looking at me?
तमा वह तुम्हायी तायीप नहीॊ कय यहा था? Was he not praising you?

3. Past Perfect Tense

I had walked. भैं चरा था./ भै चर

चका, चक

ी, चक

े / मा, मे, मी के फाद था , थे, थी

चका था

इस tense का प्रमोग उस सभम ककमा जाता है जफ बूत कार के ककसी सभम की फात हो यही है औय उस सभम क

सन्दबथ भें ककसी गुजये सभम भें ऩूणथ हो चके कामथ का वणथन कयना हो.

जफ भैं उसके घय ऩहुॉचा वह खाना खा चुका था।
When I reached his house he had eaten his food.
हभाये ऩत्र शरखने के फाद वऩर्ाजी आमे।
Father came after we had written letter.
बोजन खाने से ऩहरे वह हाथ धो चुका था।
He had washed the hand before he ate the food.
वषाा थभने के फाद हरय ने खखड़की क्मों खोरी?
Why did Hari open the window after the rain had stopped?
क्मा वह सार् फजे से ऩहरे घय छोड़ चुका था?
Had he left the home before 7 O’clock?

We use past perfect tense-
To show one past event happened before another or before a stated time in past,
1947 भें बायर् आजाद हो चुका था।
In 1947, India had already been independent.
1900 भें भशीन का आववष्काय हो चुका था।
In 1900, the motor had already been invented.

To show one event happened before another,
वषाा थभने के फाद भने खखड़की खोरी।
I opened the window after the rain had stopped.
उसके ऩहुॉचने से ऩहरे भैं ऩत्र शरख चुका था।

I had written the letter before he arrived.

Subject + had + Verb-III + Object + Others

Past Perfect Tense भें had का प्रमोग ककमा जाता है तथा Verb - III रूऩ होता है

वह नहा चकू ा था. He had bathed.
ननवेददता चाम ऩी चकु ी थी. Nivedita had taken tea.
वह भुझे बूर गमा था. He had forgotten me

वह आमा.
He had come.
भने उसे फतामा था.
I had told him.
हभने उन्हें आभॊरण ददमा था. We had invited him.

.

Negative Sentance

Subject + had + not + Verb-III + Object + Others

Past Perfect Tense भें had का प्रमोग ककमा जाता है एवॊ उसके फाद Not का प्रमोग तथा Verb - III रूऩ होता है
- वह नहीॊआमा.
  He had not come.
- भनैं े उसे नहीॊ फतामा था. I had not told him.
- हभने उन्हें आभॊरण नहीॊ ददमा था. We had not invited him
- वह नहीॊ नहा चका था.
  He had not bathed.
- ननवेददता चाम नहीॊ ऩी चक
  
  ी थी.
  Nivedita had not taken tea.
- वह भुझे नहीॊ बुरा था.
  He had not forgotten me.
  
  .
  
  Interogative Sentance
  
  अन्म Interogative Sentance की तयह प्रश्न ऩय ही ननबथय कयता है की W / H का प्रमोग होगा मा साभान्म की तयह
  subject के ऩहरे had का प्रमोग ककमा जामेगा
  
  W / H + had +Subject + Verb-III + Object + Others
  - वह कै से आमा? Had he come?
  - तमा भनैं े उसे फतामा था? Had I told him?
  - हभने उन्हें आभॊरण तमों ददमा था? Why had we invited him?
- तमा वह नहा चका था?
  Had he bathed?
- तमा ननवेददता चाम ऩी चक
  
  ी थी?
  Had Nivedita taken tea?
- वह भुझे कै से बूर गमा था? How had he forgotten me?

Interogative with Negative Sentance

अन्म Interogative Sentance and Negative Sentence की तयह प्रश्न ऩय ही ननबथय कयता है की W / H का प्रमोग होगा मा साभान्म की तयह subject के ऩहरे had का प्रमोग ककमा जामेगा औय फाद भें Not का प्रमोग

W / H + had +Subject + not + Verb-III + Object + Others

वह कै से नहीॊ आमा? Had he not come?
तमा भनैं े उसे नहीॊ फतामा था? Had I not told him?
हभने उन्हें आभॊरण तमों नहीॊ ददमा था?

Why had we not invited him?

तमा वह नहीॊ नहा चकू ा था? Had he not bathed?
तमा ननवेददता चाम नहीॊ ऩी चकु ी थी? Had Nivedita not taken tea?
वह भुझे कै से बूर नहीॊ गमा था? How had he not forgotten me?

4. Past Perfect Continous Tense

सभम + से .........यहा था , यही थी ,यहे थे

I had been walking. भैं चरता यहा था.

इस कार का प्रमोग उस सभम ककमा जाता है जफ बूत कार के ककसी सभम की फात हो यही है औय उस सभम के सन्दबथ भें ककसी गुजये सभम भें आयम्ब हुए ऐसे कामथ का वणथन कयना हो क्जसका उस सभम तक खत्भ होने के फाये कु छ नही कहना हो.

Subject + had + been + verb – ing + Object + Others

वह १० सार से महाॉ यह यहा था
He had been living there for 10 year.
ऩानी ददन बय से रगाताय धगयती आ यही थी
The rain had been falling continuosly all day.
भै वऩछरे २ सारों से CSVTU भें ऩढ़ यहा था

I had been studing in CSVTU for 2 year.

Negative Sentence

Subject + had +not + been + verb – ing + Object + Others

वह १० सार से महाॉ नहीॊ यह यहा था
He had not been living there for 10 year.
ऩानी ददन बय से रगाताय धगयती नहीॊ आ यही थी
The rain had not been falling continuosly all day.
भै वऩछरे २ सारों से CSVTU भें नहीॊ ऩढ़ यहा था

I had not been studing in CSVTU for 2 year.

Interogative Sentence

W/H+ had + Subject + been + verb – ing + Object + Others

वह १० सार से महाॉ तमों यह यहा था ?
Why had he been living there for 10 year?
तमा ऩानी ददन बय से रगाताय धगयती आ यही थी? Had The rain been falling continuosly all day?
तमा भै वऩछरे २ सारों से CSVTU भें ऩढ़ यहा था? Had I been studing in CSVTU for 2 year?

Interogative with Negative Sentence

W/H+ had + Subject + not+ been +verb – ing + Object + Others

वह १० सार से महाॉ तमों नहीॊ यह यहा था ?
Why had he not been living there for 10 year?
तमा ऩानी ददन बय से रगाताय धगयती नहीॊ आ यही थी? Had The rain not been falling continuosly all day?
तमा भै वऩछरे २ सारों से CSVTU भें नहीॊ ऩढ़ यहा था? Had I not been studing in CSVTU for 2 year?

Future Tense

Future Indefinite Tense

ता ,ते , ती के फाद गा , गे ,गी

I shall walk.

भैं चरूॊगा.

आगे आनेवारे सभम भें होने वारे कामथ का वणनथ कयने के सरए Future Indefinite Tense का प्रमोग ककमा जाता है.

इस प्रकाय के कार भें हभ बववटम को प्रदसशतथ कयने के सरए Shall /Will का प्रमोग ककमा जाता है

वह आरु उफारेगा।
He will boil the potatoes.
हभ उनको सक्रिम सहमोग देंगे।

We shall give them active cooperation.

In the following situation we use will with “I and we” and shall with rest of the “Subject”.

Promise & offer (वचन)
- भैं र्भु से र्ीन फजे शभरगॊु ा।
  I will meet you at 3 O’clock.
- आऩको खाने के शरए थोड़ा ओय रेना चाहहए।
  You shall have some more to eat.
Determination (सकल्ऩ)
- हभ दश्ु भन को हया देंगे।
  We will defeat the enemy.
Threat (धभकी)
- महद र्भु ने अऩना कामा खत्भ नही क्रकमा र्ो र्म्ु हें ववद्मारम सभम के फाद रुकना ऩड़गे ा।
  If you don’t finish your work, you shall stay after school.
Request (ननवेिन)
- भेहयफानी कयके खखड़की खोर दीजजएगा।

Will you please open the window?

Three ways to expressing future-

Future of certainty:

We form this tense by using “going to” before the 1st form of the verb. Here “going to”
indicates Intention, Decision or certainty about the future.
इच्छा, ननणमा र्था ननजश्चर्र्ा को व्मक्र् कयने के शरए इस कार के वाक्मों भें “going to”
के फाद क्रिमा की 1st form का प्रमोग कयर्े हैं।
- भैं कम्प्मुटय हाडवेमय के ऩाठ्मिभ भें बर्ी हो यहा हूॉ।
  I am going to join computer hardware course. (I intend to join computer hardware course.)
- वषाा होने ही वारी हैं।

It is going to rain. (It is certain that it will rain.)

भुके श बायर्ीम वामु सेना से इस्र्ीपा दे यहा हैं।
Mukesh is going to resign Indian Air Force. (He has decided to resign Indian Air Force.)

b. Present continuous indicating Simple future:

Present continuous tense is used to indicate a future action or program fixed in advance. बववष्म की कोई घटना जो ऩूवा भें ही ननधाारयर् हो, को व्मक्र् कयने के शरए Present continuous tense का प्रमोग कयर्े हैं।
भैं आज यार् शसनेभा जा यहा हूॉ।
I am going to cinema tonight.
भेयी फहहन आज शाभ अऩनी सहेरी से शभरने जा यही हैं।
My sister is meeting her friend this evening.

c. Present indefinite indicating Simple future:

Present indefinite tense is used to indicate fixed program of future time.
बववष्म के क्रकसी सभम ऩय ननधाारयर् कामिभ को Present indefinite tense द्वाया व्मक्र् कयर्े हैं।
ट्रैन कर सवेये ऩाॊच फजे आएगी।
The train arrives at 5 tomorrow morning.
हभायी ऩयीऺा सोभवाय से प्रायम्ब होगी।
Our examination starts on Monday.

Subject + Will/Shall + Verb –I + Object +Others

I will come
I will take tea
We will get exam 7 to 10 o’clock

You will get better in a cauple of days.
Movie will over at sharp 12 o’clock
- भैं आउॊ गा
- भैं चाम वऩमॉूगा
- हभ ७-१० ऩयीऺा ददराएॊगे
- आऩ एक - दो ददनों भें ठीक हो जाओगे
- कपल्भ १२ फजे छु टेगी
Negative Sentence

Subject + Will/Shall + not + Verb –I + Object +Others

Future Tense के सरए नकायात्भक फनाने के सरए Shall / Will के फाद Not का प्रमोग कयते है

I will not come
I will not take tea
We will not get exam 7 to 10 o’clock
You will not get better in a cauple
of days.
Movie will not over at sharp 12 o’clock
- भैं नहीॊ आउॊ गा
- भैं चाम नहीॊ वऩमॉूगा
- हभ ७-१० ऩयीऺा नहीॊ ददराएॊगे
- आऩ एक - दो ददनों भें ठीक नहीॊ हो जाओगे
- कपल्भ १२ फजे नहीॊ छु टेगी
Introgative Sentence

W/H + Will/Shall + Subject + Verb –I + Object +Others
- तमा आऩ एक - दो ददनों भें ठीक हो जाओगे?
  Will you get better in a cauple of
  days?
- कौन सी कपल्भ १२ फजे छु टेगी?
Which will moive over at sharp 12 o’clock
- भैं तमों आउॊ गा? Why will I come?
- भैं चाम कै से वऩमॉूगा? How will I take tea?
- हभ ७-१० ऩयीऺा कै से ददराएॊगे?
  How will we get exam 7 to 10 o’clock?
  
  Introgative with Negative Sentence
  
  W/H + Will/Shall + Subject + not + Verb –I + Object +Others
  
  Will you not get better in a cauple
  of days?
  Why will I not come?
  How will we not get exam 7 to 10
  o’clock?
  - भैं तमों नहीॊ आउॊ गा?
  - तमा आऩ एक - दो ददनों भें ठीक नहीॊ हो जाओगे?
  - कौन सी कपल्भ १२ फजे नहीॊ छु टेगी? Which will moive not over at sharp 12 o’clock
  - भैं चाम कै से नहीॊ वऩमूॉगा? How will I not take tea?
  - हभ ७-१० ऩयीऺा कै से नहीॊ ददराएॊगे?
  2. Future Continuous Tense.
  
  यहा , यही ,यहे के फाद गा , गे , गी
  I shall be walking. भैं चरता यहूॊगा.
  
  इस कार से ऐसे कायम को प्रकट कयते हैं जो बववटम भें आयम्ब होगा औय क्जसके सभाप्त होने के फाये भें कु छ नहीॊ कहना है
  
  इसके सरए हभ Shall / Will के फाद be के साथ Verb - का ing रूऩ का प्रमोग कयते हैं
  
  We use future continuous tense-
  To show future events that are planned,
भैं जनवयी र्क महाॉ रूकॉू गा।
I’ll be staying here till January.

भैं कर सफ

ह साढ़े छह फजे की फस से आगया जा यहा हूॉ।

I’ll be going to Agra by the 6.30 bus next morning.

Subject + Shall / Will + be + Verb-ing + Object + Others

He will be coming

Shusti will be waiting for you

Saumya will be listening to Radio

Raj will be taking tea

I will be going

वह आ यहा होगा
सक्ृ टट तुम्हाया इॊतजाय कय यही होगी
सौम्म येडडओ सुन यही होगी

याज चाम ऩी यहा होगा
भैं जा यहा होऊॊ गा

Negaitive Sentence

Subject + Shall / Will + not + be + Verb-ing + Object + Others

 वह नहीॊ आ यहा होगा  याज चाम नहीॊ ऩी यहा होगा

He will not be coming Raj will not be taking tea

 सक्ृ टट तुम्हाया इॊतजाय नहीॊ कय यही होगी  भैं नहीॊ जा यहा होऊॊ गा

Shusti will not be waiting for you I will not be going

सौम्म येडडओ नहीॊ सुन यही होगी Saumya will not be listening to Radio

Interogative sentence

W/H + Shall / Will + Subject + be + Verb-ing + Object + Others

तमा सौम्म येडडओ सुन यही होगी?

Will Saumya be listening to Radio?

तमा वह आ यहा होगा? Will he be coming?

 सक्ृ टट तुम्हाया इॊतजाय तमों कय यही  याज कौन सा चाम ऩी यहा होगा? होगी? Which will Raj be taking tea? Why will Shrusti be waiting for  तमा भैं जा यहा होऊॊ गा? you? Will I be going? Interogative with Negative sentence W/H + Shall / Will + Subject + not + be + Verb-ing + Object + Others  तमा वह नहीॊ आ यहा होगा?  तमा सौम्म येडडओ नहीॊ सुन यही होगी? Will he not be coming? Will Saumya not be listening to यही होगी?  याज कौन सा चाम नहीॊ ऩी यहा होगा? Why will Shrusti not be waiting for Which will Raj not be taking tea? you?

3.	Future Perfect Tense चकू ा, चकु ी , चकु े के फाद होगा , होगी , होंगें मा , मे , मी के फाद होगा , होगी , होंगें	I shall have walked.	भैं चरा यहूॊगा.
	इस tense का प्रमोग उस सभम ककमा जाता है जफ बववटम कार के ककसी सभम की फात हो यही है औय उस सभम के सन्दबथ भें ककसी ऩूणथ हो चुके कामथ का वणथन कयना हो. क्जसके सरए हभ Will / Shall के फाद Have का प्रमोग कयते है We use future perfect continuous tense to show an action will have been continuing up to a stated time in the future and will end in the future. This tense is rarely used. इस कार के वाक्मों भें बववष्म कार के हदमे गमे सभम से कामा का जायी यहना दशाामा जार्ा हैं। वाक्मों के अन्र् भें 'यहा होगा, यही होगी, यहे होंगे' आहद आर्े हैं। वाक्मों के साथ सभम बी हदमा गमा होर्ा हैं। सभम के साथ व फाद भें ‘'से' अवश्म रगामा जार्ा हैं। वाक्म भें सभम को दशााने के शरए “since/for”” का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। Helping verb: Will / shall + have been Will have been - with “He, She, You, It and They” Shall have been – with “I, We” Verb: V-1st+ing क्रिमा की 1st form के साथ ing का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। “For” is used for the “period of time” “Since” is used for the “point of time” Subject + shall / will + have + V-III + Object +Other

सक्ृ टट तुम्हाया इॊतजाय तमों नहीॊ कय Radio?
तमा भैं नहीॊ जा यहा होऊॊ गा? Will I not be going?

भेयी ऩयीऺा २७ अप्रैर तक सभाप्त हो चकु ी होगी
My examination will have finished
by the 27th of April
वह अफ तक घय ऩहुॉच चकू ा होगा

He will have got home by now

ऩेऩय छु ट गमी होगी
Paper will have left
मह उसे ऩता चर चकू ा होगा

He will have known about this

Negative Sentence

Sub + shall / will + not + have + V-III + Object +Other

 ऩेऩय नहीॊ छु टी होगी  भेयी ऩयीऺा २७ अप्रैर तक सभाप्त नहीॊ

Paper will have not left हो चकु ी होगी

He will not have known about this finished by the 27th of April

He will not have got home by now

मह उसे ऩता नहीॊ चर चकू ा होगा My examination will not have
- वह अफ तक घय नहीॊ ऩहुॉच चकू ा होगा

Interogative Sentence

W/H + shall / will + have + Sub+ V-III + Object +Other

तमा भेयी ऩयीऺा २७ अप्रैर तक सभाऩत  कौन सी ऩेऩय छु ट गमी होगी?

हो चकी होगी?

Which will have Paper left?

Will have My examination finished

तमा मह उसे ऩता चर चका होगा?

by the 27th of April?

Will have He known about this?

तमा वह अफ तक घय ऩहुॉच चकू ा होगा?

Will have He got home by now?

Interogative with Negative Sentence

W/H + shall / will + not + have + Sub + V-III + Object +Other

कौन सी ऩेऩय छु ट गमी होगी? Which will not have Paper left?
तमा मह उसे ऩता चर चकू ा होगा?

Will not have He known about

तमा भेयी ऩयीऺा २७ अप्रैर तक सभाप्त हो चकु ी होगी?

Will not have My examination

finished by the 27th of April?

Will not have He got home by now?

Future Perfect Continuous Tense

सभम + से यहा होगा , यही होगी ,यहे होंगें

I shall have been walking.

भैं चराता यहा हूगाॊ.

इस कार का प्रमोग उस सभम ककमा जाता है जफ बववटम कार के ककसी सभम की फात हो यही हो औय उस सभम के सन्दबथ भें ककसी गुजये सभम भें आयम्ब हुए ऐसे कामथ का वणथन कयना हो यहा है क्जसका उस सभम तक खत्भ होने के फाये कु छ नही कहना हो.

Sub + Shall /Will + have + been +V-ing +Object +Since /For + Time

 अगस्त भें भुझे फाहय भें यहते हुए १४  वह ४ सार से ऩढता यहा होगा

वषथ हो जामेंगें He will have been teaching since 4

On Agust, I will have been leaving year

outside since 14 year  १८ जुराई २०११ को भुझे २७ वषथ हो

They will have been cooking since 6 I will have been completing 27

year year on 18 july 2011

Negative Sentance

Sub + Shall /Will + not + have + been + V-ing +Object +Since /For + Time

 वह ४ सार से नहीॊ ऩढता यहा होगा  अगस्त भें भुझे फाहय भें यहते हुए १४ वषथ

He will not have been teaching since 4 नहीॊ हो यहे होंगें

year On Agust, I will not have been

होंगें  वे ६ सार से खाना नहीॊ फना यहे होंगे

I will not have been completing 27 year They will not have been cooking since 6

on 18 july 2011 year.

तमा वह अफ तक घय ऩहुॉच चकू ा होगा? this?

वे ६ सार से खाना फना यहे होंगे जामेंगें

१८ जुराई २०११ को भुझे २७ वषथ नहीॊ हो यहे leaving outside since 14 year

Inerogative Sentence

W/H + Shall /Will + Subject +have + been +V-ing +Object +Since /For + Time



अगस्त भें भुझे फाहय भें यहते हुए १४ वष कै से हो जामेंगें?

On Agust, How will I have been leaving outside since 14 year?

वे ६ सार से खाना कै से फना यहे होंगे?

How will they have been cooking since 6 year?.

तमा वह ४ सार से ऩढता यहा होगा?
Will he have been teaching since 4 year?
तमा १८ जुराई २०११ को भुझे २७ वषथ हो जामेंगें?

Will I have been completing 27 year

on 18 july 2011?

Interogative wih Negaive

W/H + Shall /Will +not + Subject + have + been +V-ing +Object +Since /For + Time

तमा वह ४ सार से नहीॊ ऩढता यहा होगा?
Will not he have been teaching since 4 year?
तमा १८ जुराई २०११ को भुझे २७ वषथ नहीॊ हो यहे होंगें?
Will not I have been completing 27 year on 18 july 2011?
अगस्त भें भुझे फाहय भें यहते हुए १४ वषथ कै से नहीॊ हो यहे होंगें?
On Agust, how will not I have been leaving outside since 14 year?
वे ६ सार से खाना कै से नहीॊ फना यहे होंगे?

How will not they have been cooking since 6 year?

Active and Passive Voice (किव िर्था कभव वाच्म)

There are two types of voices in English.

Active voice
Passive voice

Active voice (किवत

वाच्म): Active का शाजब्दक अथा होर्ा हैं – सक्रिम होना।

जफ वाक्म भें कर्ाा (subject) स्वमॊ सक्रिम होर्ा हैं, अथाार् ् जफ कर्ाा स्वमॊ कामा कयर्ा हैं र्ो मह Active voice कहरार्ा हैं।
Jhankar eats the food.

उऩयोक्र् वाक्म भें बोजन कयने भें स्वमॊ subject सक्रिम हैं, अथाार् ् ‘‘झॊकाय स्वमॊ बोजन कय यहा हैं र्ो मह Active voice का वाक्म हैं।

Passive voice (कभव वाच्म): Passive का शाजब्दक अथा होर्ा हैं - ननजष्िम होना।

जफ वाक्म भें कर्ाा (subject) स्वमॊ ननजष्िम होर्ा हैं र्था verb के अनस हैं र्ो मह Passive voice का वाक्म कहरार्ा हैं।

The food is eaten by Jhankar.

Forms of personal pronoun

ाय कामा क्रकमा जार्ा

Person	Nominative(Subject)	Accusative (Object)	Possessive (possession)
1st person	I	Me	My, Mine
1st person	We	Us	Our, Ours
2nd person	Thou	Thee	Thy, Thine
2nd person	You	You	Your, Yours
3rd person	He	Him	His
	She	Her	Her, Hers
	It	It	Its
	They	Them	Their, Theirs
	Who	Whom	Whose

Example:

The peon rings the first bell at 10 O’clock. (Active) The first bell is rung at 10 O’clock. (Passive)
My father teaches me English. (Active)

I am taught English by my father. (Passive)

In the active voice, the subject of the verb is the person or thing that does the action. In the passive voice, the action is done to the subject.

कर्ा वाच्म भें कर्ाा कोई क्रिमा कयर्ा ह,ैं जफक्रक कभा वाच्म भें कर्ाा ननजष्िम यहर्ा हैं।
Passive voices in English indicate the shift of interest from the doer (subject) of the action to the object of the action.

कभा वाच्मों भें क्रिमा के कर्ाा के फजाम कभा ऩय अचधक जोय हदमा जार्ा हैं।
The object of the Transitive verb in the Active voice becomes the subject of the verb in Passive voice.

कर्ा
वाच्म भें सकभक
क्रिमा का कभ,
कभा वाच्म भें क्रिमा का कर्ाा फन जार्ा हैं।
The passive voice are formed with a suitable form of be+V-3rd. Only Transitive verbs (verb which take an object) can be used in passive voice.

सहामक क्रिमा be की उचचर् form र्था V-3rd का प्रमोग कय कभा वाच्म फनामे जार्े हैं। कभ
वाच्म भें के वर सकभक क्रिमा का ही प्रमोग कयर्े हैं।

Active voice को Passive voice भें फदरर्े सभम ननम्न िभ ध्मान भें यखर्े हैं -
- सफसे ऩहरे वाक्म के Object को Subject भें फदर कय शरखर्े हैं।
- Subject के र्य
  न्र् फाद भें कर्ाा के अनस
  ाय helping verb शरखर्े हैं।
- Verb की 3rd form रगार्े हैं।
- महद आवश्मक हो by रगार्े हैं।
- अन्र् भें Subject को Object फना कय शरख देर्े हैं।

Pattern of passive voice:

Object

(Subject के रुऩ भें)

helping verb

(Suitable form of “be”)

V-3rd

Subject.

(Object के रुऩ भें)

Pattern of Passive voice (Present tense)

Present Indefinite Tense

Object	+	Is / are / am	+	V-3rd	+	by	+	Subject.
		Active voice					Passive voice
Assertive		Ram eats the food.					The food is eaten by Ram.
Negative		Ram does not eat the food.					The food is not eaten by Ram.
Interrogative		Does Ram eat the food?					Is the food eaten by Ram?
		Why does Ram eat the food?					Why is the food eaten by Ram?

Present Continuous Tense

Object + Is / are / am + being + V-3rd + by + Subject.

	Active voice	Passive voice
Assertive	Ram is eating the food.	The food is being eaten by Ram.
Negative	Ram is not eating the food.	The food is not being eaten by Ram.
Interrogative	Is Ram eating the food?	Is the food being eaten by Ram?
Interrogative	Why is Ram eating the food?	Why is the food being eaten by Ram?

Present Perfect Tense

Object + Has / have + been + V-3rd + by + Subject.

	Active voice	Passive voice
Assertive	Ram has eaten the food.	The food has been eaten by Ram.
Negative	Ram has not eaten the food.	The food has not been eaten by Ram.
Interrogative	Has Ram eaten the food?	Has the food been eaten by Ram?
Interrogative	Why has Ram eaten the food?	Why has the food been eaten by Ram?

Pattern of Passive voice (Past tense)

Past Indefinite Tense

Object	+	Was / were	+	V-3rd	+	by	+	Subject.
		Active voice			Passive voice
Assertive		Ram ate the food.			The food was eaten by Ram.
Negative		Ram did not eat the food.			The food was not eaten by Ram.
Interrogative		Did Ram eat the food?			Was the food eaten by Ram?
		Why did Ram eat the food?			Why was the food eaten by Ram?

Past Continuous Tense

Object	+	Was / were	+	being	+	V-3rd	+	by	+	Subject.
		Active voice			Passive voice
Assertive		Ram was eating the food.			The food was being eaten by Ram.
Negative		Ram was not eating the food.			The food was not being eaten by Ram.
Interrogative		Was Ram eating the food?			Was the food being eaten by Ram?
		Why was Ram eating the food?			Why was the food being eaten by Ram?

Past Perfect Tense

Object	+	had	+	been	+	V- 3rd	+	by	+	Subject.
		Active voice			Passive voice
Assertive		Ram had eaten the food.			The food had been eaten by Ram.
Negative		Ram had not eaten the food.			The food had not been eaten by Ram.
Interrogative		Had Ram eaten the food?			Had the food been eaten by Ram?
		Why had Ram eaten the food?			Why had the food been eaten by Ram?

Pattern of Passive voice (Future tense)

Future Indefinite Tense

Object	+	Will / shall	+	be	+	V-3rd	+	by	+	Subject.
		Active voice					Passive voice
Assertive		Ram will eat the food.					The food will be eaten by Ram.
Negative		Ram will not eat the food.					The food will not be eaten by Ram.
Interrogative		Will Ram eat the food?					Will the food be eaten by Ram?
		Why will Ram eat the food?					Why will the food be eaten by Ram?

Future Perfect Tense

Object + will have /

shall have

+ been + V-3rd + by + Subject.

	Active voice	Passive voice
Assertive	Ram will have eaten the food.	The food will have been eaten by Ram.
Negative	Ram will not have eaten the food.	The food will not have been eaten by Ram.
Interrogative	Will Ram have eaten the food?	Will the food have been eaten by Ram?
Interrogative	Why will Ram have eaten the food?	Why will the food have been eaten by Ram?

Pattern of Passive voice (Modal Auxiliaries)

Must, Can, Could, Shall, Should, Will, Would, May, Might, Ought to, Need not आहद Modal क फाद भें Passive voice भें helping verb हभेशा be का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Object
+
modal
+
be
+
V-3rd
+
by
+
Subject.

Example:
- You must write a letter. (Active)
  A letter must be written by you. (Passive)
- You must not touch the switch. (Active) The switch must not be touched by you. (Passive)
  Would have के साथ Passive voice भें हभेशा been का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  
  Example:

He would have done it. (Active) It would have been done by him. (Passive)

Pattern of Passive voice (“To” Infinitive, क्रिमा से ऩहरे to)

Object
+
helping verb
+
to be
+
V-3rd
+
by
+
Subject.

Tense र्था object के अनसाय helping verb का प्रमोग कयर्े हैं।
- She is to cook the food. (Active) The food is to be cooked by her. (Passive)
Pattern of Passive voice (Imperative sentences)

Imperative sentences (आऻा मा प्राथन
ा-सच
क वाक्म) ननम्न प्रकाय से प्रायम्ब होर्े हैं।
1. Starting with 1st form of the verb:
  
  Imperative sentences का Passive voice “Let” से प्रायम्ब होर्ा हैं र्था helping verb “be” का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  Assertive sentences:
  
  Let
  +
  object
  +
  be
  +
  V-3rd
  
  Negative sentences:
  
  Let
  +
  object
  +
  not be
  +
  V-3rd
  
  Example:
  - 1. Stop the work. (Active)
    Let the work be stopped. (Passive)
  - 2. Don’t stop the work. (Active)
    Let the work not be stopped. (Passive)
2. Starting with “Let”:
  
  Let
  +
  object
  +
  be
  +
  V-3rd
  +
  By
  +
  subject
  
  Example:
  - Let him do it. (Active)
    Let it be done by him (Passive)
  - Let me try this question. (Active) Let this question be tried by me. (Passive)
3. Imperative sentences without object (Intransitive verb):
  
  Imperative sentence के वाक्मों को उनके बावाथा देने वारी क्रिमा का प्रमोग कय Passive voice
  फनामा जार्ा हैं।
  
  You are
  +
  बावार्थव िेने वारी क्रिमा
  की 3rd form
  +
  to
  +
  Active voice का वातम
  ज्मों का त्मों
  
  बावाथा देने वारी क्रिमाए ननम्न हैं -
  
  आऻा देना
  -
  Ordered
  हुक्भ देना
  -
  Commanded
  ववनर्ी कयना
  -
  Requested
  सराह देना
  -
  Advised
  सझु ाव देना
  -
  Suggested
  प्रस्र्ाव देना
  -
  Proposed
  भना कयना
  -
  Forbidden
  बीख भाॊगना
  -
  Begged
  चेर्ावनी देना
  -
  Beseeched
  
  Example:
  - Please keep quite. (Active)
    You are requested to keep quite. (Passive)
  - Take milk and fruit daily. (Active) You are advised to take milk and fruit daily. (Passive)
  - Work hard. (Active)
You are advised to work hard. (Passive)
1. Imperative sentences के वाक्मों को उनके बावथा के अनस
passive फनामा जार्ा हैं:

Example:
ाय Modals का प्रमोग कय बी

1. Help the needy. (Active)

The needy should be helped. (Passive)
Pattern of Passive voice (starting with “who or which”)
1. Sentences starting with “Who”:
  
  By whom
  
  +
  Is / are / am
  
  Or
  
  Was / were
  
  +
  
  object
  
  +
  
  V-3rd
  
  Example:
  - Who gave him a book? (Active) By whom was he given a book? (Passive)
2. Sentences starting with “which”:
  
  By which
  
  +
  given
  noun
  
  +
  Is / are / am
  
  Or
  
  Was / were
  
  +
  
  object
  
  +
  
  V-3rd
  
  Example:
  - Which boy was telling a story? (Active) By which boy was a story being told? (Passive)
Pattern of Passive voice (with “Unimportant subject”)

Active voice के वाक्मों भें subject के रुऩ भें somebody, someone, everyone, everybody, all of them मा the people आ जाए र्ो passive voice फनार्े सभम उन्हें शरखा मा फोरा नही जार्ा।

Object
+
Helping verb
+
V-3rd
Example:
- Some one posted the letter. (Active) The letter was posted. (Passive)
- People take the tea in the morning. (Active) Tea is taken in the morning. (Passive)
- Someone is waiting for you in the room. (Active) You are being waited in the room. (Passive)
- Many people take tea in tea evening. (Active) Tea is taken by many people in the morning. (Passive)
  
  Many people, some people are important subjects.
Pattern of Passive voice (--going to--)

Object

+
Is / are / am

Or

Was / were

+
Going
to be

+

V-3rd

+

by

+

Subject.

Example:
- We are going to win the match. (Active) The match is going to be won by us. (Passive)
- We are going to play the football. (Active) The football is going to be played by us. (Passive)
Pattern of Passive voice (Object followed by “Any”)

Active voice के वाक्मों भें object के ऩवा महद any आ जाए र्ो any को no भें फदर हदमा जार्ा
हैं। passive voice के वाक्मों भें not नही रगार्े हैं।

Example:
- He does not buy any thing. (Active)
  No thing is bought by him. (Passive)
Pattern of Passive voice (without object & with that clause)

Active voice के वाक्म जजनभे object नही हो र्था that clause आमा हो र्ो that से ऩवा आने वारी
क्रिमा के अनसाय passive voice फनार्े हैं।

It
+
Is / Was / will be
+
V-3rd
+
that clause
Example:
- They hope that it will rain. (Active)
  It is hopped that it will rain. (Passive)
- People say that health is wealth. (Active) It is said that health is wealth. (Passive)
- Nobody knows that how vast the space is. (Active)
It is not known that how vast the space is. (Passive)
Pattern of Passive voice (special cases)

Passive voice फनार्े सभम कु छ verb के फाद ननजश्चर् रूऩ से Preposition का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

At- Astonished (चक्रकर् क्रकमा ), Surprised (चक्रकर् क्रकमा ), Alarmed (चक्रकर् क्रकमा ), Shocked (चक्रकर् क्रकमा) के फाद At का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Example:
- The news shocked me. (Active)
  I was shocked at the news. (Passive)
- His victory astonished us. (Active) We are astonished at his victory. (Passive)
With – Tired (थका हदमा), Satisfied (सर्
ष्ु टी), Charmed (आकवषर्
क्रकमा), Disgusted (अप्रसन्न
क्रकमा) के फाद With का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Example:
- The long journey tired me. (Active)
  I was tired with long journey. (Passive)
- Your service satisfies me. (Active)
  I am satisfied with your service. (Passive)
  
  Note: Pleased / Displeased के फाद बावाथा के अनसाय with मा at का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  
  Example:
- He pleased them. (Active)
  They were pleased with them. (Passive)
- Your wit pleased him. (Active)
  He was pleased at your wit. (Passive)
In – Interested के फाद In का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Example:
- Poetry interests me. (Active)
  I am interested in poetry. (Passive)
To – Known के फाद To का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Example:
- He knows me. (Active)

I am known to him. (Passive)

Narration (प्रत्मऺ-अप्रत्मऺ कथन)

There are two type of narration-

Direct narration: In direct narration, the exact words of the speaker are quoted.
जफ क्रकसी कथन को वक्र्ा के शब्दों भें अऺयश: कहा जाए र्ो इसे Direct narration कहर्े हैं।

Indirect narration: In indirect narration, the sense of the words used by the first speaker is reported.

जफ वक्र्ा के कथ न को श्रोर्ा अऩने शब्दों भें कहे र्ो इसेIndirect narration कहर्े हैं।

Mahendra says to me,

“I am well now.”

(reported verb)

(Reported speech)

Reported verb के person के अनसु
Reported verb की क्रिमा के अनस
ाय reported speech के person को फदरर्े हैं।
ाय reported speech की verb को फदरर्े हैं।
Reported verb के person र्था tense भें कोई ऩरयवर्न नही क्रकमा जार्ा, मे मथावर् ् यहर्े हैं।
Direct speech को indirect भें फदरर्े सभम comma व inverted comma हटाकय उऩमक्र्
connective (that, if मा Question word) रगार्े हैं।
Reporting verb की क्रिमा को ननम्न प्रकाय से फदरर्े हैं।
महद said to के फाद भें object हो र्ो उसे told भें फदर देर्े हैं।

महद said to के फाद भें object नही हो र्ो उसे said ही यहने देर्े हैं।

Reported verb को ननम्न pattern भें शरखा जार्ा हैं।

Subject

Verb

object

Assertive sentences
Direct speech को indirect speech भें फदरर्े सभम Reported speech भें ननम्न ऩरयवर्न हैं।
Change in Pronoun:

कयर्
- Reported speech के 1st person subject र्था pronoun को Reporting verb के subject क
  अनस
  ाय ऩरयवनर्र्
  क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- Reported speech के 2nd person subject र्था pronoun को Reporting verb के object के
  अनस
  ाय ऩरयवनर्र्
  क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  - Reported speech के 3rd person subject र्था pronoun को ऩरयवनर्र् नही क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Change in Time & distance: Direct narration भें ननकट का अथा देने वारे शब्दों को ननम्न प्रकाय

से indirect narration भें दय

का अथा देने वारे शब्दों भें ऩरयवनर्र्

कयर्े हैं।

Direct भें		Indirect भें
This	-	That
These	-	Those
Here	-	There
Now	-	Then
Ago	-	Before
Today	-	That day
Tonight	-	That night
Tomorrow	-	The next day / The following day
Yesterday	-	The day before / The previous day
Now a day	-	Those day
These day	-	Those day
Just	-	Then
Last night	-	The previous night
Next week	-	The following week

Change in Verb: Reported speech की क्रिमा को reported verb की क्रिमा के अनसाय ननम्न प्रकाय

से ऩरयवनर्र् क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

महद reported verb की क्रिमा Present tense (say or says) मा Future tense (will say or shall
say) की हो र्ो reported speech के tense भें कोई ऩरयवर्न
Example:
नही क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- Mahendra says to me, “I am well.” (Direct)
  Mahendra tells me that he is well. (Indirect)
- He will say to me, “I gave him a book.” (Direct)
  He will tell me that he gave him a book. (Indirect)
महद reported verb की क्रिमा Past tense (said) की हो र्था reported speech की क्रिमा

Present tense की हो र्ो indirect speech भें फदरर्े सभम reported speech की क्रिमा को

बी past tense भें ननम्न प्रकाय से ऩरयवनर्र् कयर्े हैं।

Direct speech		Indirect speech
Present indefinite	-	Past indefinite
Present continuous	-	Past continuous
Present perfect	-	Past perfect
Present perfect continuous	-	Past perfect continuous

र्था सहामक क्रिमाओॊ भें बी ननम्न प्रकाय से ऩरयवर्न कयर्े हैं।

Direct speech		Indirect speech
Is/are/am	-	Was/were
Do/does	-	Did
Has/have	-	Had
Shall/will	-	Should/would
May	-	Might
Can	-	could

Example:

Mahendra said to me, “I have just posted the letter.” (Direct) Mahendra told me that he had then posted the letter. (Indirect)

महद reported verb की क्रिमा Past tense (said) की हो र्था reported speech की क्रिमा बी
Past tense की हो र्ो indirect speech भें फदरर्े सभम reported speech की क्रिमा को past
perfect tense भें ननम्न प्रकाय से ऩरयवनर्र् कयर्े हैं।

Direct speech

Indirect speech
Was/were
-
Had been
Did+V-1st/ V-2nd
-
Had+V-3rd
Example:
- Ram said to me, “I was late yesterday.” (Direct) Ram told me that he had been late the day before. (Indirect)
महद reported verb की क्रिमा Past tense (said) की हो र्था reported speech की क्रिमा (must, had, could, would, should मा might) हो र्ो indirect speech भें फदरर्े सभम reported speech
की क्रिमा भें कोई ऩरयवर्न
Example:
नही कयर्े हैं।
- Ram said to me, “I must help you in your work.” (Direct)
  Ram told me that he must help me in my work. (Indirect)
महद reported verb की क्रिमा Past tense की हो र्था reported speechभें-
- Universal truth (शाश्वर् सत्म)
- Idiom/saying/proverb (कहावर्/भहावय)ें
- Historical event (ऐनर्हाशसक र्थ्म)
- Scientific fact (वऻाननक र्थ्म) आ जाए र्ो indirect speech भें फदरर्े सभम reported

speech की क्रिमा भें कोई ऩरयवर्न नही क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Example:

Ram said to me, “The sun rises in the east.” (Direct)
Ram told me that the sun rises in the east. (Indirect)
He said, “Birds fly in the sky.” (Direct)
He said that birds fly in the sky. (Indirect)
1. Interrogative sentences
  1. Reported speech starts with “helping verb”)
    1. Change in reported verb-
      
      Direct speech
      
      Indirect speech
      Says to
      -
      Asks
      Say to
      -
      Ask
      Will/shall say to
      -
      Will/shall ask
      Said to
      -
      Asked
    2. comma र्था inverted comma हटाकय connective (if / whether) रगार्े हैं।
    3. helping verb र्था person का स्थान ऩयस्ऩय ऩरयवनर्र्
    4. Question mark हटाकय full stop रगा देर्े हैं।
      Example:
      कय देर्े हैं।
      - Ram said to me, “Do you walk on foot?” (Direct)
        Ram asked me if I walked on the foot. (Indirect)
      - Hari said to me, “can I see your pencil?” (Direct)

Hari asked me whether he could see my pencil. (Indirect)

Reported speech starts with “question word”)
1. Change in reported verb-
  
  Direct speech
  
  Indirect speech
  Says to
  -
  Asks
  Say to
  -
  Ask
  Will/shall say to
  -
  Will/shall ask
  Said to
  -
  Asked
2. comma र्था inverted comma हटाकय प्रश्नवाचक शब्द को ज्मों का त्मों reported speech
  भें connective के रूऩ भें रगा देर्े हैं।
3. helping verb र्था person का स्थान ऩयस्ऩय ऩरयवनर्र्
4. Question mark हटाकय full stop रगा देर्े हैं।
  Example:
  कय देर्े हैं।
  - Ram said to me, “Why are you not working hard?” (Direct)
    Ram asked me why I was not working hard. (Indirect)
  - He said to her,” what are you looking for?” (Direct)
    He asked her what she was looking for. (Indirect)

Imperative sentences

Reported speech का वाक्म ननम्न भें से क्रकसी एक प्रकाय से प्रायम्ब हो सकर्ा हैं -

o क्रिमा की 1st form से

Do not से
Please मा Kindly से

Reported verb को reported speech के बावाथा के अनसाय ननम्न प्रकाय से शरखर्े हैं।

आऻा देना	-	Ordered
हुक्भ देना	-	Commanded
ववनर्ी मा ननवेदन कयना	-	Requested
सराह देना	-	Advised
सझु ाव देना	-	Suggested
प्रस्र्ाव देना	-	Proposed
भना कयना	-	Forbade
बीख भाॊगना	-	Begged
चेर्ावनी देना	-	Beseeched

comma र्था inverted comma हटाकय that नही रगाकय to रगार्े हैं। के वर सझ वारे वाक्मों भें that रगार्े हैं।
ाव देने
Negative sentences भें Do not हटाकय Not to रगार्े हैं। ऩयन्र्ु महद Reported verb को Forbade शरखर्े हैं र्ो Do not हटाकय Not to नही रगाकय to रगार्े हैं। to हभेशा क्रिमा की 1st form के ऩहरे प्रमोग भें शरमा जार्ा हैं।
reported speech महद Please मा Kindly से प्रायम्ब हो र्ो उसे हटा देर्े हैं र्था Reported verb
को Requested कय देर्े हैं।
reported speech महद sir शब्द आए र्ो उसे हटाकय Reported verb भें object के फाद भें
Respectfully जोड़ देर्े हैं।
Example:
- Ram said to me, “Do not run on the road.” (Direct)
  Ram forbade me to run on the road. (Indirect)
- The teacher said to me, “Do not make a noise.” (Direct)
  The teacher ordered me not to make a noise. (Indirect)
- Pushpa said to me, “Listen to me” (Direct)
  Pushpa asked me to listen to her. (Indirect)
- Pravin said to them, “Please keep quite” (Direct)
  Pravin requested them to keep quite”. (Indirect)
- Ram said to the teacher, “Sir, mark me present” (Direct) Ram requested the teacher respectfully to mark him present. (Indirect)

Reported verb starting with “Let”
- Let के फाद महद us आए र्ो प्रस्र्ाव मा सझ
  
  ाव का फोध होर्ा हैं। इन वाक्मों को
  indirect speech भें फदरर्े सभम reported verb को proposed मा suggested भें फदर देर्े हैं र्था connective के फाद भें that रगाकय let us को They should मा We should भें फदर देर्े हैं।
- Let के फाद महद दसया object आए र्ो इन वाक्मों को indirect speech भें फदरर्े सभम
reported verb को requested भें फदर देर्े हैं र्था connective के फाद to रगा देर्े हैं।
Example:
- Ram said to me, “Let’s go there” (Direct)
  Ram proposed me that we should go there. (Indirect)
- Hari said to Ram, “Let’s stop the work” (Direct)
  Hari suggested ram they should stop the work. (Indirect)
- He said to me, “Let him do his work” (Direct)
He requested me to let him do his work. (Indirect)
Exclamatory sentence
- Reported speech भें हदमे गमे ववस्भमाहदफोधक शब्द के अनस ननम्न प्रकाय से फदरर्े हैं।
  Hurrah! (हष)ा
  Exclaimed with joy / happiness / delight / pleasure Alas! (शोक)
  Exclaimed with regret /sorrow / grief
  
  ाय Reporting verb को
  Pooh! , Fie! , fo! , fum! (घणा)
  Exclaimed with hatred / scorn / despise / disgust
  - Connective के रूऩ भें that का प्रमोग कय ववस्भमाहदफोधक शब्द र्था चचन्ह हटा देर्े हैं।
    Example:
    - Ram said, “Hurrah! I have scored two goals.” (Direct) Ram exclaimed with joy that he had scored two goals. (Indirect)
    - Hari said, “Alas! Ram is dead” (Direct)
      Hari exclaimed with sorrow that Ram was dead. (Indirect)
    - He said, “Alas! I am undone.” (Direct)
      He exclaimed with sorrow that he was undone. (Indirect)
  - Reported speech भे Bravo! (शाफाशी) शब्द का प्रमोग क्रकमा गमा हो र्ो Reporting verb
    को applauded भें फदरकय ननम्न प्रकाय से indirect speech फनार्े हैं।
    Example:
    - Ram says, “Bravo! Well played Ravi.” (Direct)
      Ram applauded Ravi saying that he played well. (Indirect)
    - Hari said, “Bravo! You have done well” (Direct)
      Hari applauded him saying that he had done well. (Indirect)
  - What मा How से प्रायम्ब होने वारे ववस्भमाहदफोधक वाक्मों भें reporting verb को exclaimed with surprise / wonder भें फदरकय what मा how शब्द हटा देर्े हैं।कर्ाा र्था क्रिमा का स्थान ऩयस्ऩय फदर कय adjective से ऩहरे very, great, big, extremely शब्द रगाकय indirect speech फनार्े हैं।
Example:
- Ram said, “What a good player he is!” (Direct) Ram exclaimed with surprise that he was a good player. (Indirect)
- Hari said to her, “What a beautiful flower!” (Direct) Hari exclaimed with wonder that it was a beautiful flower. (Indirect)
Optative sentence
A sentence which shows a wish (काभना), a blessing (आशीवााद) or a curse (अशबशाऩ) is known as optative sentence.
काभनासचक वाक्म प्राम: “May” से प्रायम्ब होर्े हैं।
1. Reported verb को बाव के अनसाय ननम्न प्रकाय से फदरर्े हैं -
  
  काभना कयना
  -
  Wished
  प्राथना ा कयना
  -
  Prayer
  आशीवााद देना
  -
  Blessed
  अशबशाऩ देना
  -
  Cursed
2. May +V-1st को Might +V-1st भें फदर कय that से जोड़ देर्े हैं।
  Example:
  - My mother said to me, “May you live long!.” (Direct)
    My mother wished me that I might live long. (Indirect)
    My mother blessed me with long life. (Indirect)
  - She said, “May you go to hell!” (Direct)
She cursed that he might go to hell. (Indirect)
Other cases

महद reported speech भें अशबवादन सच
narration भें फदरर्े हैं।

क शब्द आ जाए र्ो उन्हें ननम्न प्रकाय से indirect
- He said to me, “Good morning.” (Direct)
  He bade me good morning. (Indirect)
  He wished me good morning. (Indirect)
- He said to me, “Hello! Where are you going?” (Direct)
  He greeted me and asked where I was going. (Indirect)
महद reported speech भें क्रकसी को सम्फोचधर् क्रकमा जाए र्ो उन्हें ननम्न प्रकाय से indirect narration भें फदरर्े हैं।
- He said to me, “Friend, Where are you going?” (Direct)
  He addressed me as a friend and asked where I was going. (Indirect) Addressing me as his friend, he asked where I was going. (Indirect)
- He said, “Ram, Where are you going?” (Direct)
  He asked Ram where he was going. (Indirect)
  Determiners (ऩरयसीभक)
  
  Determiners are words that are used with nouns to clarify the noun.
  ननधाायक मा ऩरयसीभक वे शब्द होर्े ह,
  जो क्रकसी सऻ
  ा की ऩहचान मा उसका अथा ननधाारयर्
  कयने के प्रमोग भें रामे जार्े हैं। इनका प्रमोग हभेशा सऻ
  Determiners are used to-
  ा से ऩहरे क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  - to define something or someone
  - to state the amount of people, things or other nouns
  - to state possessives
  - to state how things or people are distributed
  - to state the difference between nouns
    
    The type of determiners depends on the type of noun. Singular nouns always need a determiner. For plural nouns and Uncountable nouns the determiners are optional.
    ननधाायक मा ऩरयसीभक ननम्न प्रकाय के होर्े हैं -
  - Articles: a, an, the
  - Demonstratives: this, that, these, those, which etc.
  - Possessives: my, your, our, their, his, hers, whose, my friend's, our friends', etc.
  - Quantifiers: few, a few, the few, little, a little, the little, many, much, each, every, some, any etc.
  - Numbers: one, two, three, twenty, forty
  - Ordinals: first, second, 1st 2nd, 3rd, last, next, etc.
    
    Quantifiers:
    
    Quantifiers वे शब्द होर्े हैं, जजनका उऩमोग क्रकसी वस्र्ु की बफना सख्
    मा दशाामभ
    ात्रा दशाानें भें
    क्रकमा जार्ा हें। मे शब्द ' क्रकिना मा क्रकिने ' प्रश्न का उत्र्य देर्े हैं। इनका उऩमोग फहुवचन
    countable र्था uncountable सऻा के साथ क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    Quantifiers are words that are used to state quantity or amount of something without stating the actually number. Quantifiers answer the questions "How many?" and "How much?" Quantifiers can be used with plural countable nouns and uncountable nouns. Quantifiers must agree with the noun.
    
    Some, Any
    
    Some र्था any का अथा होर्ा हैं – ‘कु छ, र्थोड़ा, कोई’ Some र्था any का प्रमोग ननम्न प्रकाय से क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। To express quantity (भात्रा व्मति कयने के लरए):
    - Some का प्रमोग सकायात्भक वातमों भें क्रकमा जािा हैं, जफक्रक Any का प्रमोग प्रश्नवाचक
      िर्था नकायात्भक वातमों भें क्रकमा जािा हैं।
      Example:
      Some boys were playing football.
      Some books are good.
      He bought some mangoes which was
      fresh.
      - कु छ रड़के पु टफ र खेर यहे थें।
      - कु छ क्रकर्ाफें अच्छी हैं।
      - उसने कु छ आभ खयीदें जो र्ाजा थें।
      - भेये ऩास र्म्ु हाये शरए कु छ बी नही हैं।
      - नदी भें थोड़ा ऩानी था।
      There was some water in the river.
      I do not have any thing for you.
      - क्मा र्भु ने कु छ आभ खयीदें?
      Have you bought any mangoes?
    - कु छ िेिे सभम, अनय
      ोध कयिे सभम, आभत्र
      ण िर्था आिेश मत
      ि वातमों भें Some का
      प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा ह,
      Example:
      चाहे वाक्म प्रश्नवाचक ही क्मों न हों।
      Please give me some sugar.
      Would you like some tea?
      Will you give me some money?
      Could you lend me some money?
      - कृ ऩा कयके भझु े कु छ शक्कय दीजजएगा।
      - क्मा आऩ थोड़ी चाम रेंगे?
      - भेहयफानी कयके भझु े कु छ धन दीजजएगा।
      - क्मा आऩ भझु े कु छ ऩसै े उधाय दे सकर्े हों?
    - Negative-Interrogative (नकायात्भक-प्रश्नवाचक वातम) वाक्मों भें प्राम: Some का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
      Example:
- क्मा आऩ कु छ उऩन्मास नही खयीद यहे थें?
  Were you not purchasing some novels?
- क्मा आऩने कु छ ऩेन नही फेचें हैं?
  Have you not sold some pens?
  - मदि सकायात्भक उत्िय की अऩेऺा हो िो बी प्रश्नवाचक वातमों भें Some का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    Example:
- क्मा आऩने प्रेभचन्द की कु छ क्रकर्ाफें ऩढ़ी हैं? ( भझ

Did you read some of Premchand’s books?

े रगर्ा हैं क्रक ऩढ़ी होगी।)

मदि वातम भें hardly, whether, scarcely, if मा never आमे र्ो इनके र्य का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Example:
न्र् फाद Any
Hardly any student could answer the question.
There is scarcely any milk in the jug.
I doubt whether there is any boy in
the class.
She never stole any book.
If there is any danger, close the door
- भजु श्कर से कु छ ही छात्र प्रश्न का उत्र्य दे सकें गे।
- जग भें थोड़ा सा ही दधु हैं।
- भझु े रगर्ा हैं क्रक कऺा भें कोई छात्र हैं।
- उसने कबी बी कोई क्रकर्ाफ नही चुयाई।
- महद कोई खर्या हो र्ो दयवाजा फन्द कय रेना।
Each, every
Each र्था every का अथा होर्ा हैं – ‘प्रत्मेक, हयेक’
Each का प्रमोग -
- िो मा िो से अधधक के सभह भें प्रत्मेक को दशाानें के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- जफ सभह
  Example:
  भें सख्
  मा सीलभि िर्था ननक्श्चि हो।
  - उनभें से हयेक ने खाना खा शरमा।
    Each of them ate the food.
  - प्रत्मेक फच
    ऩय चाय फच्चे फठ
    ें थे।
    Four boys were seated on each bench.
  - हभ सबी के ऩास मह क्रकर्ाफ हैं।
    We each have this book.
    
    Every का प्रमोग -
- िो से अधधक के सभह
  
  भें सबी को दशाानें के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- जफ सभह
  Example:
  भें सख्
  मा असीलभि िर्था अननक्श्चि हो।
  - भैं हय यवववाय को शसनेभा जार्ा हूॉ।
    I go to cinema every Sunday.
  - हय चौथा वषा रीऩ वषा होर्ा हैं।
    Leap year falls in every fourth year.
  - हय दस
    ये सोभवाय हभ एक दस
    ये से शभरर्े हैं।
    We meet each other every other Monday.
  - इनभें सबी कु शसमाॉ टु टी हईु हैं।
  Every one of these chairs is broken.
  
  Much, Many
  
  Many र्था Much का अथा होर्ा हैं – ‘कई, अनेक, फहुि’
  Many का प्रमोग Countable noun (गणनीम सऻा ) के साथ क्रकमा जार्ा हैं, जफक्रक Much का
  प्रमोग Uncountable noun (अगणनीम सऻा) के साथ क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  Many books, many cars, many people, many girls etc Much time, much trouble, much experience etc Example:
  Many of these chairs are broken.
  You talk too much.
  I am feeling much better now.
  They asked me many question.
  He doesn’t have much money.
  I don't have many apples.
  - इनभें से कई कु शसमा ाॉ टु टी हुई हैं।
  - र्भु फहुर् ज्मादा फोरर्े हो।
  - भझु े अफ फहुर् अच्छा रग यहा हैं।
  - उन्होनें भझु से कई सवार ऩछू े ।
  - उसके ऩास ज्मादा धन नही हैं।
  - भेये ऩास ज्मादा सेव नही हैं।
  Few, a few, the few
  Few का अथा होर्ा हैं - (not many, not enough, hardly any) ‘ज्मािा नही, फहुि कभ, र्थोड़ा सा ही, नगण्म ऩयन्िु कु छ, नही के फयाफय रेक्रकन कु छ ’। इसका प्रमोग नकायात्भक अथा दशाानें के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  A few का अथा होर्ा हैं - (some) ‘कु छ’। इसका प्रमोग सकायात्भक अथा दशाानें के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  The few का अथा होर्ा हैं - (not many, but all there are) ‘ज्मािा नही ऩयन्िु ववशष हैं वे सबी’
  Few, a few, the few का प्रमोग -
  कु छ, जो बी
  - हभेशा गणनीम सऻा (Countable noun) के साथ क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  - इनके फाद Plural verb (are, were, have) आर्ी हैं।
    Example:
    I have read few books on this subject.
    Someone stole the few rupees, she
    had.
    The few friends he has are very poor.
    Teacher gave us a few examples.
    - इस ववषम ऩय भनैं े फहुर् कभ क्रकर्ाफें ऩढ़ी हैं।
    - कु छ ही रोग भझु े सनु यहें थे। ( अचधकाॊश रोग नही सनु यहें थे।) A few people were listening to me.
    - जो थोड़े से रूऩमे उसके ऩास थे, क्रकसी ने चुया शरमे।
    - जो थोड़े फहुर् उसके शभत्र हैं, वे सबी गयीफ हैं।
    - फहुर् कभ छात्रों को अच्छे अकॊ शभर सकें गे क्मोंक्रक प्रश्नऩत्र कहठन हैं। Few students can get good marks as the paper is very difficult.
    - अध्माऩक जी ने हभें कु छ उदाहयण फर्ाम।ें
    Little, a little, the little
    Little का अथा होर्ा हैं - (not many, not enough, hardly any) ‘ज्मािा नही, फहुि कभ, र्थोड़ा सा ही, नगण्म ऩयन्िु कु छ, नही के फयाफय रेक्रकन कु छ ’। इसका प्रमोग नकायात्भक अथा दशाानें के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
A Little का अथा होर्ा हैं - (some though not much) ‘‘कु छ रेक्रकन ज्मािा नही ’। इसका प्रमोग सकायात्भक अथा दशाानें के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
The Little का अथा होर्ा हैं - (not many, but all there are) ‘ज्मािा नही ऩयन्िु ववशषे कु छ, जो बी हैं वे सबी’।

Little, a little, the little का प्रमोग -

हभेशा अगणनीम सऻ
Example:
ा (Uncountable noun) के साथ क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
We had little time to think.
We have a little time to think.
There is little hope of his recovery.
(He is not likely to recover)
There is a little hope of his recovery. (He may possibly recover)
- हभाये ऩास सोचनें के शरए फहुर् कभ सभम था।
- हभाये ऩास सोचनें के शरए फहुर् कभ सभम हैं।
- उसके ठीक होने (आयोग्म-प्राजप्र्) की फहुर् कभ सम्बावना हैं।
I have spent the little money I had.
The little information he had was not reliable.
- जो थोड़ा सा धन भेये ऩास था, वह भनैं े खचा कय हदमा।
- जो थोड़ी फहुर् सचू ना उसके ऩास हैं, वह ववश्वास मोग्म नही हैं।
Few/little - means that is not enough of something.
- कु छ सेव हैं, जो ऩमााप्र् नही हैं।
  There are few apples. There are not enough apples.
- वहाॉ कु छ रोग हैं, जो सबा के शरए ऩमााप्र् नही हैं।
  There are few people. There are not enough people to hold a meeting.
- जग भें नही के फयाफय दध हैं, जो चाम फनाने के शरए ऩमााप्र् नही हैं।
  There is little milk in the jug. She doesn’t have enough milk to make tea.
A few/a little - means that there is not a lot of something, but there is enough.
- कु छ सेव हैं, जो ऩमााप्र् हैं।
  There are a few apples. There are enough apples.
- वहाॉ कु छ रोग हैं, जो सबा के शरए ऩमााप्र् हैं।
  There are a few people. There are enough people to hold a meeting.
- जग भें फहुर् कभ दध
  हैं, जो चाम फनाने के शरए ऩमााप्र् हैं।
  There is a little milk in the jug. You have enough milk to make tea.
The few/the little - means that there is not much, but all there are.

जो थोड़ी फहुर् क्रकर्ाफें उसके ऩास थी, चुया री गई।
The few books he had were (all) stolen.
जो थोड़ा फहुर् दध
वह रामी, वह चगय गमा।
The little milk she brought, (all) Fell down.

Enough का अथा होर्ा हैं - ‘ऩमावप्ि’।
Enough, plenty
Plenty का अथा होर्ा हैं - ‘फहुि अधधक’।
Enough िर्था plenty का प्रमोग गणनीम (Countable noun) र्था अगणनीम सऻा (Uncountable noun) के साथ क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Example:
भेये ऩास ऩमााप्र् धन हैं।
I have enough money.
उसके ऩास फहुर् अचधक धन हैं।

He has plenty of money.

Degrees of Comparison

There is three degree of Adjective-

Positive Degree: The positive degree of an adjective is the adjective in its simple form. It is used when no comparison is made.
इसभे क्रकसी एक की ववशषर्ा दी गई होर्ी हैं।
Example:
- अननर एक रम्फा रड़का हैं।
  Anil is a tall boy.
Comparative Degree: The comparative degree of an adjective denotes a higher degree of quality then the positive and it is used when the comparison between two things is made.
इसभे दो सऻ
Example:
ाओॊ के फीच र्र
ना की जार्ी हैं।
- सनीर अननर से रम्फा हैं।
  Sunil is taller then Anil.
Superlative Degree: The superlative degree of an adjective denotes a highest degree of quality and it is used when the comparison between more then two things is made.

इसभें एक सऻ

Example:

ा की अनेक सऻ

ाओॊ के साथ र्र

ना की जार्ी हैं।

यवव कऺा का सफसे रम्फा रड़का हैं।
Ravi is the tallest boy of the class.
- ऐसे ववशषण बी हैं जजनकी comparative degree भें उनके साथ er र्था Superlative degree भें ‘st’ मा ‘est’ नही जुड़र्े हैं, ऐसी जस्थनर् भें comparative degree फनाने के
  शरए ववशष
  ण से ऩव
  ा more र्था Superlative degree फनाने के शरए the most रगार्े हैं।
- Superlative degree से ऩहरे article “the” का प्रमोग कयर्े हैं जफक्रक positive र्था
  comparative degree से ऩहरे “the” का प्रमोग नही कयर्े हैं।
  Example:
आशा एक चाराक रड़की हैं।
Asha is a cunning girl. (Positive)
ननशा आशा से अचधक चाराक हैं।
Nisha is more cunning then Asha. (Comparative)
सधा ववद्मारम की सफसे चाराक रड़की हैं।

Sudha is the most cunning girl of the school. (Superlative)

Formation of comparative and superlative degree

Most adjective form the comparative by adding “er” & the superlative by adding “est” to the positive degree.

Positive	Comparative	superlative
Bold	Bolder	Boldest
Clever	Cleverer	Cleverest

Dark	Darker	Darkest
Great	Greater	Greatest
Hard	Harder	Hardest
Kind	Kinder	Kindest
Long	Longer	longest
Old	Older	Oldest
Short	Shorter	Shortest
Small	Smaller	Smallest
Sweet	Sweeter	Sweetest
Young	Younger	Youngest

When positive ends with e, only r and st added.

Positive
Comparative
superlative
Large
Larger
Largest
Brave
Braver
Bravest
Fine
Finer
Finest
White
Whiter
Whitest
Able
Abler
Ablest
Noble
Nobler
Noblest
Wise
Wiser
Wisest
When positive ends with y, preceded by a consonant, the y is changed into i before adding “er” and “est”.

Positive
Comparative
superlative
Easy
Easier
Easiest
Happy
Happier
Happiest
Heavy
Heavier
Heaviest
Dry
Drier
Driest
Wealthy
Wealthier
Wealthiest
Pretty
Prettier
Prettiest
Merry
Merrier
merriest
When the positive ends with single consonant, preceded by a vowel, this consonant doubled before adding er and est.

Positive
Comparative
superlative
Big
Bigger
Biggest
Fat
Fatter
Fattest
Hot
Hotter
Hottest
Wet
Wetter
Wettest
Thin
Thinner
Thinnest
Red
Redder
Reddest
Sad
Sadder
Saddest
Fore
Former
Foremost

5. Some adjective form the comparative by adding more & the superlative by adding the most with the positive degree.

Positive	Comparative	superlative
Beautiful	More beautiful	Most beautiful
Important	More important	Most important

Intelligent	More intelligent	Most intelligent
Difficult	More difficult	Most difficult
Careful	More careful	Most careful
Useful	More useful	Most useful
Careless	More careless	Most careless
Splendid	More splendid	Most splendid
Industrious	More industrious	Most industrious
Learned	More learned	Most learned

6. Irregular comparison.

Positive	Comparative	superlative
Good	Better	Best
Bad	Worse	Worst
Little	Less	Least
Much	More	Most
Many	More	Most
Late	Later	Latest
Far	Farther	Farthest

Transformation

Positive degree को Comparative degree भें फदरना

Sentences with positive degree are of three types.

as… as
not so… as
no other as

as… as
ऐसे वाक्म भें Positive degree के दोनो ओय as……..as होर्ा ह, अथाार् ् वाक्म भेंa not का प्रमोग नही होर्ा हैं।
Pattern:
…….as +positive degree +as….

र्था वाक्म सकायात्भक होर्े हैं
ऐसे वाक्मों को Positive degree से Comparative degree भें फदरर्े सभम -
- दोनो subject का स्थान ऩयस्ऩय फदर देर्े हैं।
- वाक्म भें आई सहामक क्रिमा + not+ comparative degree +than रगाकय वाक्म ऩय हैं।
  Example:
  - Bikaner is as hot as Jaisalmer. (Positive)
    Jaisalmer is not hotter than Bikaner. (Comparative)
    
    ा कयर्
not so……as / not as……as
ऐसे वाक्म भें Positive degree के दोनो ओय not so……..as होर्ा ह, हैं।
Pattern:
…….not so +positive degree +as….
…….not as +positive degree +as….

र्था वाक्म नकायात्भक होर्
ऐसे वाक्मों को Positive degree से Comparative degree भें फदरर्े सभम -
- दोनो subject का स्थान ऩयस्ऩय फदर देर्े हैं।
- वाक्म भें आई सहामक क्रिमा + comparative degree +than रगाकय वाक्म ऩय
Example:

ा कयर्े हैं।
- Ajmer is not as hot as Jaisalmer. (Positive)
  Jaisalmer is hotter than Ajmer. (Comparative)
no other as
ऐसे वाक्म no other से प्रायम्ब होर्े हैं, र्था वाक्म भें Positive degree के दोनो ओय as… as
होर्ा हैं।
Pattern:
No other…….as +positive degree +as….
ऐसे वाक्म को Positive degree से Comparative degree भें फदरर्े सभम -
- अजन्र्भ subject से वाक्म प्रायम्ब कयर्े हैं।
- No other के फाद भें आए subject के फाद आई सहामक क्रिमा + comparative degree +

than +any other रगाकय प्रायम्ब के शष

Example:

वाक्माॊश शरख देर्े हैं।

No other state of India is as big as Rajasthan. (Positive)

Rajasthan is bigger than any other state of India. (Comparative)

Comparative degree को Positive degree भें फदरना

Using as… as
ऐसे वाक्म भें क्रकन्ही दो सऻ

ाओॊ की आऩस भें र्र

ना की गई होर्ी हैं, Comparative degree क
फाद भें than र्था सऻ
Pattern:
ा जजससे र्र
ना की गई हो शरखी होर्ी हैं।
….helping verb +comparative degree +than….
ऐसे वाक्म को Comparative degree से Positive degree भें फदरर्े सभम –
- दोनों subject का स्थान ऩयस्ऩय फदर देर्े हैं।
- अजन्र्भ subject से वाक्म प्रायम्ब कय वाक्म भें आई सहामक क्रिमा शरख देर्े हैं।
- इसके फाद भें not as………as के भध्म Positive degree शरख देर्े हैं।
- अन्र् भें वाक्म भें आमा प्रथभ subject शरख देर्े हैं।
Example:
- Delhi is bigger than Jaipur. (Comparative)
  Jaipur is not as big as Delhi. (Positive)
- Train is faster than bus. (Comparative)
Bus is not as fast as Train. (Positive)
वाक्म भें Than के फाद any other मा all other

ऐसे वाक्म जजनभें क्रकसी सऻ

ा की र्र

ना उसके सभह

से की गई हो, Comparative degree क

फाद than any / all other आर्े हैं।

Pattern:

….helping verb +comparative degree +than any other….

ऐसे वाक्म को Comparative degree से Positive degree भें फदरर्े सभम –

No other से वाक्म प्रायम्ब कय than any other के फाद भें आए वाक्माॊश को शरख देर्े हैं।
इसके फाद भें helping verb शरख कय as...... as के भध्म positive degree शरख देर्े हैं।
अन्र् भें वाक्म के प्रायम्ब भें आमा subject शरख देर्े हैं।
Example:
- Iron is more useful than any other metal. (Comparative)
  No other metal is as useful as Iron. (Positive)
- Ram is taller than any other boy in the class. (Comparative)
No other boy in the class is as tall as Ram. (Positive)
- Superlative degree को Comparative degree भें फदरना
- Superlative degree को Comparative degree भें फदरर्े सभम -
Subject र्था helping verb शरख देर्े हैं।
Helping verb के फाद comp. degree र्था than any other शरख देर्े हैं।
अन्र् भें superlative degree के फाद वारा वाक्माॊश शरख देर्े हैं।

Example:

Kolkata is the biggest city in India. (Superlative) Kolkata is bigger than any other city in India. (Comparative)
Bhima was the strongest son of Kunti. (Superlative) Bhima was stronger than any other son of Kunti. (Comparative)
- महद superlative degree के ऩहरे “One of the” शरखा हो र्ो -
  - One of the को हटा देर्े हैं।
  - Superlative degree को comp. degree भें फदर देर्े हैं। र्था इसके फाद the most other
    शरख देर्े हैं।
  - “one of the” र्था “the most other” के फाद हभेशा plural noun आर्ा हैं।
  - अन्र् भें शष
  Example:
  वाक्माॊश को शरख देर्े हैं।
Gold is one of the precious metals of the world. (Superlative) Gold is more precious than most other metals in the world.(Comparative)
Ram is one of the tallest boys of the class. (Superlative) Ram is taller than most other boys of the class. (Comparative)
Very few boys of the class are as tall as Ram. (Positive)
Very few boys of class are taller than Ram. (Comparative)
- Comparative degree को Superlative degree भें फदरना
Comparative degree को Superlative degree भें फदरर्े सभम -
- Helping verb र्क के वाक्माॊश को ज्मौं का त्मौं शरख देर्े हैं।
- Comp. degree के स्थान ऩय super. degree शरख देर्े हैं।
- than any other हटाकय शष
Example:
वाक्माॊश शरख देर्े हैं।
Kolkata is bigger than any other city of India. (Comparative) Kolkata is the biggest city of India. (Superlative)

Iron is more useful than any other metal. (Comparative) Iron is the most useful metal. (Superlative)

Superlative degree को Positive degree भें फदरना

Superlative degree को Positive degree भें फदरर्े सभम -

No other से वाक्म प्रायम्ब कयर्े हैं।
Superlative degree के फाद का ऩया वाक्माॊश शरख देर्े हैं।
Verb/ helping verb महद हो र्ो शरख देर्े हैं।
अफ as(so)……as के फीच positive degree शरखकय अन्र् भें subject शरख देर्े हैं।
Example:
- Hari is the bravest man of the city. (Superlative) No other man of the city is as brave as Hari. (Positive)
- Iron is the most useful metal. (Superlative) No other metal is as (so) useful as Iron. (Positive)
- Ram is the wisest man in the office. (Superlative) No other man in the office is as wise as Ram. (Positive)
- Everest is the highest peak of the Himalaya. (Superlative) No other peak of the Himalaya is as high as Everest. (Positive)
- Mumbai is the best port of our country. (Superlative) No other port of our country is so good as Everest. (Positive)
  - Positive degree को Superlative degree भें फदरना
    
    Positive degree को Superlative degree भें फदरर्े सभम -
अन्र् भें आए subject को ऩहरे शरखकय helping verb रगार्े हैं।
उसके फाद the +superlative degree शरख देर्े हैं।
No other हटा देर्े हैं।
अन्र् भें शष

Example:

वाक्माॊश शरख देर्े हैं।

No other man of the city is as brave as Hari. (Positive) Hari is the bravest man of the city. (Superlative)
No other metal is as useful as Iron. (Positive) Iron is the most useful metal. (Superlative)

Structures

इस अध्माम भें हभ वाक्म के ववशबन्न नभन अत्मचधक प्रमोग भें रामे जार्े हैं।

ों ( Pattern) का अध्ममन कयेंगे, जो वर्भान भें

Go on / keep on + v-ing
- कामा के ननयन्र्य चरर्े यहने का फोध कयाने के शरए इनका प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- मह ॊ Go/Keep भख्
  म क्रिमा हैं, जजसका प्रमोग कार (tense) के अनस
  ाय क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  - झॊकाय हॊसर्ा यहर्ा हैं। Jhankar goes on laughing. Jhankar keeps on laughing.
  - झॊकाय हॊसर्ा यहा। Jhankar went on laughing. Jhankar kept on laughing.
  - झॊकाय हॊसर्ा यहेगा।
    Jhankar will go on laughing. Jhankar will keep on laughing.

Had better

इस structure का अथा ‘अच्छा र्ो मह होगा क्रक’ होर्ा हैं।
सराह देने के शरए इसका प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Should व had better के फाद क्रिमा की 1st form से ऩव हैं।

had better का नकायात्भक had better not होर्ा हैं।

अच्छा र्ो मह होगा क्रक वे मह ॊ से चरे जाए।
It is advisable for them to go away from here. It will be better for them to go away from here. They should go away from here.
They had better go away from here.
अच्छा र्ो मह होगा क्रक आऩ शसनेभा नही जाए।
It is advisable for you not to go to cinema. It will be better for you not to go to cinema. You should not go to cinema.
You had better not go to cinema.
ा to का प्रमोग नही क्रकमा जार्ा
अच्छा र्ो मह होगा क्रक आऩ ऩाटी भें जाने से ऩवा अऩना चेहया धो रो।
It is advisable for you to wash your face before going to the party. It will be better for you to wash your face before going to the party. You should wash your face before going to the party.
You had better wash your face before going to the party.

अच्छा र्ो मह होगा क्रक आऩ चचक्रकत्सक को हदखामे।

It is advisable for you to see a doctor. You had better see a doctor.

Go / become + adjective
- इस structure का अथा ‘होना’ होर्ा हैं।
- मह go का प्रमोग ऩरयवर्न को दशााने के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- मह go र्था become भख् हैं।
  म क्रिमा हैं, जजसका प्रमोग कार (tense) के अनस
  ाय क्रकमा जार्ा
  The sand goes hot. The sand becomes hot.
  I am not an old man, but my hair is going gray.
  I am not an old man, but my hair is becoming gray.
  - फारु शभट्टी गयभ हो जार्ी हैं।
  - फारु शभट्टी गयभ हो यही हैं। The sand is going hot. The sand is becoming hot.
  - फारु शभट्टी गयभ हो चुकी हैं। The sand has gone hot. The sand has become hot.
  - फारु शभट्टी गयभ हो गई। The sand went hot. The sand became hot.
  - भैं फढ़ु ा नही हूॉ रेक्रकन भेये फार सपे द हो यहे हैं।
To get someone to do something
To make somebody do something
- इस structure का अथा 'क्रकसी से कोई कामा कयवाना' होर्ा हैं।
- मह ॊ make र्था get भख् हैं।
  म क्रिमा हैं, जजसका प्रमोग कार (tense) के अनस
  ाय क्रकमा जार्ा
- make के फाद आने वारी क्रिमा की 1st form से ऩवा to का प्रमोग नही कयर्े हैं। जफक्रक
  
  Pattern
  get के फाद आने वारी क्रिमा की 1st form से ऩव
  
  Subject +make + object + v-1st ….
  ा to का प्रमोग कयर्े हैं।
  Subject +get + object + to+ v-1st ….
  She is getting me to cook the food. She is making me cook the food.
  She will get me to cook the food. She will make me cook the food.
  - वह भझु से बोजन ऩकवार्ी हैं। She gets me to cook the food. She makes me cook the food.
  - वह भझु से बोजन ऩकवा यही हैं।
  - उसने भझु से बोजन ऩकवामा। She got me to cook the food. She made me cook the food.
  - वह भझु से बोजन ऩकवाएगी।

To get something done

To have something done

जफ क्रकसी दसये व्मजक्र् से कोई कामा कयवामा जाए, र्था कामा के वास्र्ववक कर्ाा का
उ्रेख नही क्रकमा गमा हो र्ो इस structure का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

मह ॊ have र्था get भख् जार्ा हैं।

म क्रिमा हैं, जजसका प्रमोग कार (tense) के अनस

ाय क्रकमा

Pattern

Subject + have + object + v-3 rd

Subject +get + object + v-3 rd

We have our house painted every year.

I had my hair cut yesterday.

I will have my hair cut tomorrow.

He gets the food cooked. He has the food cooked.

He is getting the food cooked. He is having the food cooked.

He has gotten the food cooked. He has had the food cooked.

He has been having the food cooked

for an hour.

हभ प्रनर्वषा घय यॊगवार्े हैं।
भनैं े कर फार कटवाए।
भैं कर फार कटवाऊॊ गा।
वह बोजन ऩकवार्ा हैं।

वह बोजन ऩकवा यहा हैं।
वह बोजन ऩकवा चुका हैं।
वह एक घण्टे से बोजन ऩकवा यहा हैं। He has been getting the food cooked for an hour.

Or /Otherwise
- इस structure का अथा ' वनाा, नही र्ो, अन्मथा' होर्ा हैं।
- वस्त्र ऩहन रीजजमे अन्मथा आऩको सदी रग जाएगी।
Wear the clothes or you will catch cold.
Wear the clothes otherwise you will catch cold.
Make + object + verb

इस structure भें object ' क्रकसे मा क्रकसको' प्रश्न का उत्र्य देर्ा हैं। इसका प्रमोग उस सभम क्रकमा जार्ा हैं, जफ क्रकसी व्मजक्र् को कोई कामा कयने के शरए फाध्म क्रकमा जाए।
मह ॊ make भख्
म क्रिमा हैं, जजसका प्रमोग कार (tense) के अनस
ाय क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Make के फाद भें आने वारी क्रिमा से ऩहरे to का प्रमोग नही क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

वे भझ

को दौड़ार्े हैं अथाार् ् वे भझ

े दौड़ने के शरए फाध्म कयर्े हैं।

They force me to run. They compel me to run. They oblige me to run. They cause me to run. They make me run.

1st form ( present tense)	2nd form ( Past tense)	3rd form (Deep past tense)	Present participle
Force	Forced	Forced	Forcing
Compel	Compelled	Compelled	Compelling
Oblige	Obliged	Obliged	Obliging
Cause	Caused	Caused	Causing
Make	Made	Made	making

He is making me write the letter.

You should make him study.

Why does Ram make me clean his

house?

I will make him cook the food.

वह भझु से ऩत्र शरखवा यहा हैं।
र्म्ु हें उससे ऩढ़ाडा कयवानी चाहहमे।

याभ भझु से अऩना घय साप क्मों कयवार्ा हैं?
भैं उससे खाना फनवाऊॊ गा।

Make + object + noun
- इस structure भें object ' क्रकसे मा क्रकसको' प्रश्न का उत्र्य देर्ा हैं। र्था noun ' क्मा' प्रश्न का उत्र्य देर्ा हैं। इस structure भें make का अथा 'फनाना' होर्ा हैं।
- मह ॊ make भख्
  म क्रिमा हैं, जजसका प्रमोग कार (tense) के अनस
  ाय क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  
  We make Ram the chief of village.
  We are making Ram the chief of village.
  We made Ram the chief of village.
  We have made Ram the chief of village.
  We will make Ram the chief of village.
  - हभ याभ को ग वॊ का भखु खमा फनार्े हैं।
  - हभ याभ को ग वॊ का भखु खमा फना यहे हैं।
  - हभ याभ को ग वॊ का भखु खमा फनामा।
  - हभ याभ को ग वॊ का भखु खमा फना चुके हैं।
  - हभ याभ को ग वॊ का भखु खमा फनाऐॊगे।
Make + object +adjective
- इस structure भें object ' क्रकसे मा क्रकसको' प्रश्न का उत्र्य देर्ा हैं। इस structure भें
  make का अथा 'कयना' होर्ा हैं।
- मह ॊ make भख्
  म क्रिमा हैं, जजसका प्रमोग कार (tense) के अनस
  ाय क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  
  They make us angry.
  They are making us angry.
  They have made us angry.
  They will make us angry.
  They made us angry.
  - वे हभको नायाज कय देर्े हैं।
  - वे हभको नायाज कय यहे हैं।
  - वे हभको नायाज कय चुके हैं।
  - वे हभको नायाज कयेंगे।
  - उन्होंने हभे नायाज क्रकमा।
Have

Have का प्रमोग 'यखना' शब्द का अथा देने के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। have भख्

म क्रिमा हैं,
जजसका प्रमोग कार (tense) के अनसाय क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Has / Have
-
Present tense
Had
-
Past tense
Will have /shall have
-
Future tense
- उसके ऩास करभ हैं, अथाार् ् वह एक करभ यखर्ा हैं।
  He has a pen.
- उसके ऩास करभ था।
  He had a pen.
- उसके ऩास करभ होगा।

He will have a pen.

अननवामर्ा (compulsion) व्मक्र् कयने के शरए

Has to / Have to
-
ऩड़र्ा हैं
Had to
-
ऩड़र्ा था
Will have to / shall have to
-
ऩड़गा
- उसको ज्दी उठना ऩड़र्ा हैं।
  It is necessary for him to get up early. He has to get up early.
- उसको ज्दी उठना ऩड़र्ा था।
  It was necessary for him to get up early. He had to get up early.
- उसको ज्दी उठना ऩड़गा।
  It will be necessary for him to get up early. He will have to get up early.
  - Have का प्रमोग आऻासच
- हहम्भर् यखो।
  Have courage.
- भजे कयो।
  Have fun.
  क वाक्मों भें क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  - Have का प्रमोग क्रिमा की be form के स्थान ऩय बी क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- उसकी आवाज फहुर् धीभी हैं। He has a very low voice. His voice is very low.
- उसका व्मजक्र्त्व आकषक हैं।
  He has an attractive personality. His personality is attractive.
  - It take + object + time + to + v-1st
इस structure भें take का अथा 'रगना (सभम का)' होर्ा हैं। इसभें it को कर्ाा के रुऩ भें प्रमोग भें रेर्े हैं।
मह take भख्
म क्रिमा हैं,जजसका प्रमोग कार (tense) के अनस
ाय क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
रगना के अथा भें take का प्रमोग के it बफना बी क्रकमा जा सकर्ा हैं।

Pattern

It + take +object +time +to + v-1st ….

Subject + take + time + to + v-1st ….

उसको खाना ऩकाने भें एक घण्टा रग जार्ा हैं।
It takes her an hour to cook the food. She takes an hour to cook the food.
- उसको खाना ऩकाने भें एक घण्टा रगा। It took her an hour to cook the food. She took an hour to cook the food.
- उसको खाना ऩकाने भें एक घण्टा रगेगा। It will take her an hour to cook the food. She will take an hour to cook the food.
  - Help + v-ing
    - इस structure भें help का अथा ‘'के बफना नही यहना' होर्ा हैं। इसका प्रमोग उस सभम क्रकमा जार्ा हैं, जफ क्रकसी कामा को टारा नही जा सकर्ा हो।
      - वह हॊसे बफना नही यह सकर्ा हैं।
        He can not avoid laughing.
        He can not refrain from laughing. He can not help laughing.
    - वाक्म को past tense भें फदरने के शरए could का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
      - वह हॊसे बफना नही यह सकर्ा था।
        He could not avoid laughing.
        He could not refrain from laughing. He could not help laughing.
  - It is time for + accusative (कभकायक) + to + v-1st

It is time + Nominative (कर्ााकायक) + v-2nd It is time for + noun

क्रकसी ननजश्चर् कामा मा उद्देश्म को सभम के साथ जोड़ने के शरए इस structure का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- मह हभाये सोने का सभम हैं, अथाार् ् इस सभम हभ सो जार्े ह।ैं
  It is time for us to sleep.
  It is time we slept.
- अफ हभाये रूकने का सभम हो गमा हैं।
  It is time for us to stop now. It is time we stopped.
- मह भेये सोचने का सभम हैं।
  It is time for me to think now. It is time I thought.
It is time for के फाद सॊज्ञा का प्रमोग बी क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

नाश्र्े का सभम हो गमा हैं।
It is time for breakfast.
ऩढ़ने का सभम हो गमा हैं।

It is time for reading.

It is time for + बिकार का प्रमोग मह दशाार्ा हैं क्रक ऩहरे ही कापी ववरम्फ हो चुका
हैं। अचधक जोय देने के शरए time से ऩहरे high मा about बी रगामा जा सकर्ा हैं।
हभें अफ घय यॊगना चाहहए।
It is time (that) we painted our house.
It is high time (that) we painted our house. It is about time (that) we painted our house.
- Going to
  - इस structure भें going to का अथा 'जा यहा हैं' होर्ा हैं।
  - क्रकसी कामा को ऩव जार्ा हैं।
    ा भें ही कयना प्रस्र्ाववर् होने का फोध कयाने हेर्ु इसका प्रमोग क्रकमा
  - Going to बववष्मकार के intention (उद्देश्म), decision (ननणम दशाार्ा हैं।
    ), certainty (ननजश्चर्र्ा) को
  - Going to के फाद भें आने वारी क्रिमा की 1st form प्रमोग भें री जार्ी हैं।
वह एक दावर् देने को जा यहा हैं।
He is going to give a party.
He will give a party.
- Mind + v-ing
  - इस structure भें mind का अथा 'फय
    
    ा भानना मा ऐर्याज कयना' होर्ा हैं।
  - मह W
    mind भख्
    म क्रिमा हैं, जजसका प्रमोग कार (tense) के अनस
    ाय क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
वह भेये फाय-फाय थुकने का ऐर्याज कयर्ी हैं।
She has objection to my spitting again and again. She objects to my spitting again and again.
She minds my spitting again and again.
वह भेये फाय-फाय थुकने का ऐर्याज क्रकमा।
She had objection to my spitting again and again. She objected to my spitting again and again.
She minded my spitting again and again.
वह भेये फाय-फाय थुकने का ऐर्याज कयेगी ।

She will have objection to my spitting again and again. She will object to my spitting again and again.

She will mind my spitting again and again.

I don’t see why….
- इस structure का अथा 'भेयी सभझ भैं नही आर्ा हैं क्मों' होर्ा हैं।
- मह वर्भान, बर् मा बववgष्म कार की क्रकसी घटना मा क्रिमा का कायण फर्ाने वारा
  प्रायजम्बक शब्द-सभह ह।ें इन वाक्मों के अन्र् भें प्रश्नवाचक चचन्ह (?) नही रगार्े हैं।
  - हभायी सभझ भें नही आर्ा हैं क्रक फच्चे शोय क्मों भचा यहे हैं।
    We don’t see why the children are making a noise.
    We cannot understand why the children are making a noise. There can be no reason why the children are making a noise.
  - भेयी सभझ भें नही आर्ा हैं क्रक वह भेये घय क्मों आमा।
    I don’t see why he came to my house.
    I cannot understand why he came to my house. There can be no reason why he came to my house.
  - भेयी सभझ भें नही आर्ा हैं क्रक वह अग्र
    I don’t see why he failed in English.
    ेजी भें अनत्ु र्ीणा क्मों हो गमा।
    I cannot understand why he failed in English. There can be no reason why he failed in English.
    - Subject + need to +v-1 st
      - इस structure का प्रमोग 'कयना चाहहमे मा कयने की जरूयर् हैं' का अथा देने के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  - हभें ज्मादा भेहनर् से कामा कयना चाहहमे।
    We need to work harder.
  - र्म्
हें मह कामा जजर्ना ज्दी हो सके ऩय
ा कयना चाहहमे।
This work needs to be finished as fast as you can.
- Participles

क्रिमा का वह रुऩ जो क्रिमा र्था ववशष
Participle कहर्े हैं।

ण दोनो की प्रकृ नर् को ववबेहदर् कयर्ा हो, उसे
Participle को क्रिमा र्था ववशषण दोनो ही रुऩ भें प्रमोग भें रामा जार्ा हैं।
Participle दो प्रकाय के होर्े हैं।
1. Present participle (v-ing)
2. Past participle (v-3rd)

Present participle
- जफ क्रिमा के साथ हुआ, हुई, हुए आहद शब्द का अथा ननकरर्ा हो। Present participle

क्रिमा के 'जायी यहने मा अऩण

ing रगार्े हैं।

हभ उसे दौड़र्े हुए देखर्े हैं।
We see him running.
र्ा' को दशाार्ा हैं। Present participle भें क्रिमा के साथ
वे हभे सोर्े हुए ऩामगे।
They will find us sleeping.
भन
े ऩेन को टेफर ऩय ऩड़े हुए देखा।
I saw a pen lying on the table.
हभ पु रों से बयी टोकयी रे जार्ी हुई रड़की से शभरें।

We met a girl carrying a basket of flowers.

ववशषण (Adjective) के रुऩ भें- क्रकसी सऻा की क्रिमात्भक ववशषर्ा दशााने के शरए

रढ़
इसका प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। इसशरए इन्हें participle Adjective कहर्े हैं।

कने वारा ऩत्थय कीचड़ भें नही सनर्ा।
The rolling stone gathers no mud.
दयवाजे की चयचयाहट ने झॊकाय को जगा हदमा।
The creaking door awakened Jhankar.
हभने जीर्ने ( रबान)े वारा खेर खेरा।
We played a winning (charming) game.

2 Past participle
- र्ीनों कार के perfect tense भें-
  
  Present perfect tense
  -
  Has / have + v-3rd
  Past perfect tense
  -
  Had + v-3rd
  Future perfect tense
  -
  Will have / shall have + v-3rd
यभेश भनु र्म
ों की ऩज
ा कय चुका हैं।
Ramesh has worshiped the Idols.
नौकय कभया साप कय चुका था।
Servant had cleaned the room.
क्रकसान पसर काट चुकें होंगे।
The farmer will have reaped the crop.
- सबी प्रकाय के passive voice भें-
मह ॊ क्रकर्ाफे फेची जार्ी हैं।
Books are sold here.
ऩेडो ा़ को ऩानी हदमा गमा।
Plants were watered.

दॊगे भें सकड़ो ननदोष रोग भाये गमे।

Hundreds of innocent people were killed in the riot.

ववशषण (Adjective) के रुऩ भें- कई क्रिमाओॊ के Past participle को साभान्म ववशषण के रुऩ भें प्रमोग भें रामा जार्ा हैं।

Stolen	-	चुयामा हुआ
Written	-	शरखा हुआ
Broken	-	टु टा हुआ
Rotten	-	सड़ा हुआ
Hidden	-	नछऩामा हुआ
Drawn	-	खीॊचा हुआ, फनामा हुआ
Lost	-	खोमा हुआ
Learned	-	ऩढ़ा-शरखा

हभने सड़े हुए अण्ड़े पैं के ।
We threw rotten eggs.
याभ ने टु टा हुआ पनीचय खयीदा।
Ram bought broken furniture.
झॊकाय द्वाया खीॊचे गमे चचत्र ने प्रथभ ऩरु

स्काय जीर्ा।
The picture drawn by Jhankar won the first prize.
- Participle phrase के रुऩ भें- having + v-3rd का प्रमोग क्रिमा के साथ ‘कयके ’ शब्द का अथ देर्ा हैं।
बोजन कयके उसने आयाभ क्रकमा।
Having eaten food, he took rest.
आयाभ कयके उन्होंने मात्रा प्रायम्ब की।
Having rested, they continued their journey.
गहकामा कयके वह सोने चरा गमा।
Having completed his homework, he went to bed.

सऻा र्था सवनाभ की क्रिमात्भक ववशषर्ा दशााने के शरए-
- ववशषण के रुऩ भें-
हाथ से ननकरा अवसय वाऩस नही आर्ा।
A lost opportunity never returns.
भझ
ऩय कीचड़ उछारर्े हुए एक भोटय साईक्रकर र्ज
ी से ननकर गई।
A motorcycle raced by splashing mud over me.
- कर्ाा व कभा का स्वरूऩ ननधाारयर् कयने भें-
याभ ने भझसे इन्र्जाय कयवामा।
Ram kept me waiting.
यभेश चचजन्र्र् हदखाई देर्ा हैं।
Ramesh seems worried.
- सऻ

ा व सवन

ाभ के साथ स्वर्त्र

रुऩ से वाक्म से ऩहरे प्रमोग भें रामे जार्े हैं।

ववदा रेकय यभा जमऩय के शरए ननकर गई।
Saying goodbye, Rama left for Jaipur.
सभाचाय सनकय भैं चचजन्र्र् हो गमा।
Hearing the news, I got worried.
- Used to

बर्कार (Past tense) की आदर् व्मक्र् कयने के शरए इस structure का प्रमोग क्रकमा
जार्ा हैं। जजसका शाजब्दक अथा 'कयर्ा था' होर्ा हैं। used to के फाद क्रिमा की 1st form
प्रमोग भें रेर्े हैं।
- वह देय से सोमा कयर्ा था।
  He slept late.
  He would sleep late.
  He used to sleep late.
अभ्मस्र् मा आदी (Habitual) होने का फोध कयाने के शरए इस का structure प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- वह शसगयेट ऩीने का आदी हैं।
  He is in habit of smoking cigarette. He is used to smoke the cigarette.
  - About
  About के शाजब्दक अथा ननम्न प्रकाय से हैं-
  
  About
  के फाये भें
  In concern with
  About
  रगबग मा कयीफ-कयीफ
  Almost
  Nearly
  About
  इधय-उधय
  To and fro Here and there Up and down
  Hither and thither
About के साथ to रगा देने ऩय ननकट बववष्म भें क्रकसी कामा के कयने मा होने का फोध कयार्ा हैं। About to के फाद आने वारी क्रिमा की 1st form प्रमोग भें रेर्े हैं।
- सय
- सय
  ज अस्र् होने ही वारा हैं।
  The sun is about to set.
  The sun is on the point of setting.
  ज अस्र् होने ही वारा था।
  The sun was about to set.
  The sun was on the point of setting.
क्रिमा औय बी ज्दी प्रायम्ब हो यही हो इस जस्थनर् को दशााने के शरए about to से ऩहरे just का प्रमोग कयर्े हैं।

हभ फस (बफ्कु र) ननकर ही यहे हैं।
We are just about to leave.
- Know how to
  - इस structure का अथा 'जानना मा जानकायी यखना' होर्ा हैं।
  - मह ॊ know भख्
    म क्रिमा हैं, जजसका प्रमोग कार (tense) के अनस
    ाय क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    - उसको र्यना आर्ा हैं।
      He knows how to swim.
    - उसको र्यना आर्ा था।
      He knew how to swim.
    - उसको र्यना आ जाएगा।
      He will know how to swim.
- Without + v-ing
  - इस भें का अथा 'के बफना' होर्ा हैं।
    - वह आयाभ क्रकमे बफना काभ कयर्ा यहर्ा हैं।
      He goes on working without taking rest.
- Noun in apposition
  - एक सऻ
    ा को स्ऩष्ट कयने के शरए महद उसके साथ एक औय सऻ
    ा का प्रमोग क्रकमा
    जाए र्ो उसे noun in apposition मा phrase in apposition कहर्े हैं।
    - डा. याजेन्द्र प्रसाद, बायर् के प्रथभ याष्ट्रऩनर्, एक ववद्वान व्मजक्र् थे।
      Dr. Rajendra prasad, the first president of India, was a learned man.
    - याभ, दशयथ के ऩत्र ने यावण को हयामा।
      Ram, the son of Dashrath, defeated Ravana.
      Ram defeated Ravana. He was the son of Dashrath.
- There + form of be + adjective + noun

वाक्म भें कर्ाा नही हो र्था के वर स्थान का फोध होर्ा हो र्ो वाक्म There से प्रायम्ब होर्ा हैं। “There + be +...”, This pattern is generally used when the subject is indefinite or the subject is preceded by a, an, some, much etc.
- आॊगन भें कु छ कु शसमा हैं।
  Some chairs on the floor.
  There are some chairs on the floor.
- हभाये फगीचे भें सर्ये के दो ऩेड़ हैं।
  Two orange trees are in our garden. There are two orange trees in our garden.
कु छ वाक्म र्ो There का प्रमोग क्रकमे बफना शरखा र्था फोरा जाना सम्बव ही नही हैं।

एक याजा था।

There was a king.

एक कहावर् हैं।

There is a saying.

There के नकायात्भक वाक्म भें साभान्मर्: no का प्रमोग ही क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। ऩयन्र्ु not
का प्रमोग बी क्रकमा जा सकर्ा हैं।
- कोई सभस्मा नही हैं।
  There is no problem.
- आज खेरने के शरए ऩमााप्र् सभम नही हैं
  There isn’t enough time to play today.
There के साथ वाक्म भें आवश्मकर्ानसाय सहामक क्रिमा का प्रमोग क्रकमा जा सकर्ा हैं।
- कऺा भें थोड़ा अनशासन होना चाहहए।
  There should be some discipline in the class.
- जरूय कोई गरर्ी हुई होगी।
  There must be some mistake.
There का प्रमोग साभान्मर्: be के साथ क्रकमा जार्ा हैं, ऩयन्र्ु कु द अन्म क्रिमाओॊ क साथ बी there का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- फहुर् कु छ ऩढ़ना फाकी हैं।
  There remains a lot to be read.
- सभम आने ऩय भैं फोरगा।
  There will come a time when I will say.
  - Let
इजाजर् (permission) देने के शरए इस structure का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। जजसका

शाजब्दक अथा 'इजाजर् देना हैं' होर्ा हैं। Let भख्म क्रिमा ह,ैं जजसका प्रमोग कार (tense)

के अनसु जार्ा हैं।

ाय क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। let के फाद आने वारी क्रिमा से ऩव

ा का to प्रमोग नही क्रकमा

भ ॊ भझको शसनेभा जाने देर्ी हैं।
Mother allows me to go to cinema. Mother permits me to go to cinema. Mother lets me go to cinema.

1st form
( present tense)
2nd form
( Past tense)
3rd form
(Deep past tense)
Present participle
Allow
Allowed
Allowed
Allowing
Permit
Permitted
Permitted
Permitting
Let
Let
Let
Letting
- भ ॊ भझको शसनेभा जाने दे यही हैं।
  Mother is letting me go to cinema.
- भ ॊ भझको शसनेभा जाने देगी।
  Mother will let me go to cinema.
- भ ॊ ने भझको शसनेभा जाने हदमा।
  Mother let me go to cinema.
  - भ ॊ ने भझे शसनेभा नही जाने हदमा।
    Mother didn’t let me go to cinema.
  - याभ भझे अऩना घय यहने के शरए दे यहा हैं।
    Ram is letting me his home to live in.
  - फागवान हभें फगीचे भें खेरने देगा।

The gardener will let us play in the garden.

सझाव (Suggestion) देने के शरए इस structure का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- आइमे, ववश्राभ कय रेवे।
  Let us take rest.
  We should take rest.
  - Gerund
  Gerund र्था present participle दोनो ही क्रिमा के साथ ing रगाकय फनामे जार्े हैं, रेक्रकन
  gerund हभेशा सऻ
  ा के रुऩ भें प्रमक्
  र् होर्े हैं।
Verbal noun के रुऩ भें: क्रिमाओॊ के साथ ing जोड़ने ऩय वह ऩणा क्रिमा का अथा देर्ी हैं।

Noun
-
Verb (Verb +ing)
Drink
-
Drinking
Correct
-
Correcting
Climb
-
Climbing
Dance
-
Dancing
- चट्टानी ऩहाड़ी ऩय चढ़ना फड़ा भजु श्कर होर्ा हैं।
  Climbing up a rocky hill is very difficult.
- बर सधायना कोई आसान काभ नही हैं।
  The correcting of mistake is not an easy job.
- नत्ृ म एक रशरर् करा हैं।
  Dancing is a fine art.
क्रिमा के साथ ना, नी, ने धार्ु का अथा देने के शरए इसका प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- र्यना एक कसयर् हैं।
  Swimming is an exercise. (Gerund)
  To swim is an exercise. (Infinitive)
- भने ऩत्र शरखना प्रायम्ब क्रकमा।
  I started writing a letter. (Gerund)
  I started to write a letter. (Infinitive)
- भने ऩत्र शरखना सभाप्र् क्रकमा।

I finished writing letter. (Gerund)

उऩयोक्र् वाक्मों भें से र्ीसये वाक्म को Infinitive के रुऩ भें नही फनामा जा सकर्ा, जफक्रक दसये वाक्म को Gerund र्था Infinitive दोनो ही रुऩ भें फनामा जा सकर्ा हैं।

enjoy (आनन्द रेना ), stop (रुकना), miss (चूकना), finish (सभाप्र् कयना ), practice

(अभ्मास कयना ), suggest (सझाव देना ), dislike (नाऩसन्द कयना ), appreciate (गण

जानना), detest (नर्यस्काय कयना), avoid (टारना), mind (ध्मान देना मा आऩजत्र् कयना ), imagine (क्ऩना कयना), delay (देय कयना), deny (अस्वीकाय कयना), admit (प्रवेश देना), consider (ववचाय कयना), risk (जोखखभ रेना), remember (माद यखना) and recall (चचन्र्न कयना) आहद क्रिमाओॊ के फाद के वर Gerund का ही प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं, Infinitive का प्रमोग नही क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

उन्होंने भेये वहाॉ फठने ऩय आऩजत्र् की।
They mind my sitting there. (Gerund)
भेया वहाॉ जाना उसे ऩसन्द नही हैं।
He doesn’t like my going there. (Gerund)

start (प्रायम्ब कयना ), begin (शरू कयना ), prefer (अचधक ऩसन्द कयना ), like (ऩसन्द
कयना), love (प्माय कयना ), hate (घणा कयना ), continue (जायी यखना ), intend (इयादा
कयना), आहद क्रिमाओॊ के फाद Gerund र्था Infinitive दोनो का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
भैं बाषा ऩढ़ना ऩसन्द कयर्ा हूॉ।

I like studying language. (Gerund)

I like to study language. (Infinitive)

Adverbial gerund के रुऩ भें: कु छ ऐसी सऻाऐ होर्ी हैं जजनके साथ ing जोड़ने ऩय वह
ऩणा क्रिमा का अथा देर्ी हैं। र्था 'come’ मा 'go’ के फाद भें प्रमोग भें राई जाकय इन्हें
अथा प्रदान कयर्ी हैं। अर्: इन्हें Adverbial gerund कहर्े हैं।
- हभ खयीददायी कयने जार्े हैं।
  We go shopping.
- वह भछरी ऩकड़ने जा यहा था।
  He was going fishing.
- हभ शशकाय कयने जा यहे हैं।
  We are going hunting.
- वह खयीददायी कयने जा सकर्ी हैं।
  She may go marketing.
Subject / direct object के रुऩ भें: Gerund हभेशा सऻ
ा के रुऩ भें प्रमक्
र् होर्े हैं। अर्:
इन्हें वाक्म भें कर्ाा मा प्रत्मऺ कभा के रुऩ भें प्रमोग भें रामा जा सकर्ा हैं।
- नाचना एक अच्छा भनोयॊजन हैं।
  Dancing is good fun.
- अत्मचधक खाना स्वास्थ्म के शरए अच्छा नही होर्ा हैं।
  Eating too much is not good for health.
- धुम्रऩान स्वास्थ्म के शरए हाननकायक होर्ा हैं।
  Smoking is harmful for health.
- धुड़सवायी कयना भेयी आदर् हैं।
  Riding a horse is my habit.
  - Gerund governed by preposition: Gerund हभेशा सऻ
    ा के रुऩ भें प्रमक्
    र् होर्े हैं, र्था
    सऻा की र्यह ही इन्हें preposition के फाद भें प्रमोग भें रामा जा सकर्ा हैं।
    preposition के फाद भें Infinitive का प्रमोग नही क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    - वह नत्ृ म कयने की शौकीन हैं।
      She is fond of Dancing.
    - भैं वहाॉ जाने की सोच यहा हूॉ।
      I am thinking of going there.
    - आऩ मह कामा खत्भ क्रकमे बफना नही जा सकर्े हो।

You can’t go before finishing this work.

To + Infinitive

We always help each other.
We always try to help each other.
- In sentence (1), the verb help has we for its subject. महाॉ कर्ाा we से क्रिमा help सीशभर् हो गई, ऐसी क्रिमा को finite verb कहर्े हैं।
- In sentence (2), to help is only the names the action denoted by the verb and is used
  without mentioning any subject. महाॉ to help शसपा क्रिमा का नाभ हैं र्था कर्ाा र्क सीशभर् नही हैं, ऐसी क्रिमा को infinite verb (infinitive) कहर्े हैं।
- infinitive क्रिमा का वह रुऩ हैं जो कार (tense)] वचन (number) र्था ऩरूष (person)
  के साथ ऩरयवनर्र् नही होर्ा हैं।
- infinitive का प्रमोग ननम्न प्रकाय से क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

To express emotion or desire: बावना मा इच्छा व्मक्र् कयने के शरए वाक्म भें “To” infinitive के ऩहरे adjective का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। “To” infinitive के इस प्रकाय के प्रमोग से ववशषण का अथा स्ऩष्ट होर्ा हैं।
- फस ऩकड़ना असम्बव था।
  It was impossible to catch the bus.
- दयवाजे को खोरना असम्बव था।
  It was impossible to open the door.
- क्रिके ट खेरने भें आसान होर्ा हैं।
  Cricket is easy to play.
- नवेन्दु वामु सेना भें बर्ी होने के शरए उत्सक
  Navendu is eager to join the Air Force.
  हैं।
Glad, Afraid, Pleased, Ready and Sorry के फाद infinitive का प्रमोग कर्ाा की भनोदशा
(mood) को दशाार्ा हैं।
- भैं आऩसे शभरकय खुश हुआ।
  I am glad to meet you.
- भैं मह घय खयीदने को र्म

ाय हूॉ।

I am ready to buy this house.

सऻ
ा का अथा स्ऩष्ट कयने के शरए “To” infinitive का प्रमोग सऻ
ा के फाद भें क्रकमा
जार्ा हैं। र्था कबी-कबी “To” infinitive के फाद भें preposition बी रगार्े हैं।
- झॊकाय के ऩास यहने के शरए एक अच्छा घय हैं।
  Jhankar has a good house to live in.
- ववश्वेश के ऩास शरखने के शरए एक ऩेन हैं।
  Vishvesh has a pen to write with.
- भेये ऩास ऩहनने के शरए शटा नही हैं।
  I have no shirt to wear.
कभकायक (accusative) का अथा स्ऩष्ट कयने के शरए “To” infinitive का प्रमोग कभकायक के फाद भें क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- भेये वऩर्ाजी भझे वहाॉ जाने देंगे।
  My father will allow me to go there.
- ववश्वेश चाहर्ा हैं क्रक आऩ उसे एक कहानी कहें।
  Vishvesh wants you to tell him a story.
To express purpose (प्रमोजन व्मक्र् कयने के शरए) “To” infinitive के फाद क्रिमा की 1st form प्रमोग भें री जार्ी हैं।
- ऩढ़ने के शरए भन
  े ऩस्
  र्कें खयीदी।
  I bought the books to read.
- सपरर्ा प्राप्र् कयने के शरए चचत्राॊगदा भेहनर् कय यही हैं।
  Chitraganda is working hard to get success.
- भके श ऩत्र ड़ारने के शरए जाएगा।
  Mukesh will go to post the letter.
- वह फस ऩकड़ने के शरए दौड़ यहा था।
  He was running to catch the bus.
महद वाक्म भें दो क्रिमाऐॊ साथ-साथ आमे र्ो भख्

म क्रिमा को कार (tense) के अनसाय
शरखर्े हैं, र्था साथ वारी क्रिमा की 1st form से ऩव
- उसने गीर् गाना प्रायम्ब क्रकमा।
  She started to sing a song.
- झॊकाय चचत्र फनाना सीख यहा हैं।
  Jhankar is learning to draw picture.
  ा to रगार्े हैं।
महद वाक्म भें क्रकसी क्रिमा को ऩन
: प्रमोग भें रामा जार्ा हैं र्ो उस क्रिमा को ऩन
: नही
जोरखकय उसके स्थान ऩय to रगा देर्े हैं, जो उस क्रिमा का अथा दे देर्ा हैं।
- जाइमे, महद आऩ जाना चाहें।
  Go, if you want to.
How / when /where /what + to + infinitive
- भैं नही जानर्ा क्रक सहामर्ा के शरए क्मा कयना चाहहऐ र्था कहाॉ जाना चाहहऐ।
  I don’t know what to do and where to go for help.
- भेयी ऩजत्न भझसे फोरी क्रक चाम कै से फनार्े हैं।
  My wife told me how to prepare tea.
  - शीरा नही जानर्ी थी क्रक भझसे कफ शभरना हैं।

Sheela didn’t know when to meet me.

Imperative sentence को indirect भें फिरिे सभम comma र्था inverted comma हटाकय
to रगा देर्े हैं।
She said to us,”kindly forgive me this time.” She requested us to forgive her that time.
वाक्म महद Gerund रुऩ भें प्रायम्ब हुआ हैं र्ो उसे ऩन शरखा व फोरा जा सकर्ा हैं।
- सड़क ऩय खेरना खर्यनाक होर्ा हैं। It is dangerous to play in the road. Playing in the road is dangerous. To play in the road is dangerous.
  : to infinitive से प्रायम्ब कयक
Only के फाद to र्था क्रिमा की 1st form रगाने से उस क्रिमा का अवाॊनछर् मा ननयाशाजनक होना दशाार्ा हैं।
- वह दधटना भें फच गमा, रेक्रकन दॊगों भें भाया गमा।
  He survived the accident only to die in the riot.
प्राम: infinitive के साथ to रगार्े हैं, रेक्रकन-
- महद वाक्म भें make, watch, feel, see मा hear आहद क्रिमाऐॊ हो र्ो active voice के वाक्म भें infinitive के साथ to नही रगार्े हैं, जफक्रक passive voice के वाक्म भें infinitive के साथ to रगार्े हैं।
- महद वाक्म भें Let क्रिमा हों र्ो active voice र्था passive voice दोनो ही वाक्मों भें
  infinitive के साथ to नही रगार्े हैं।
- महद वाक्म भें Help क्रिमा हों र्ो infinitive के साथ to का प्रमोग क्रकमा बी जा सकर्ा हैं औय नही बी।
- वह उससे खाना फनवार्ी हैं।
  She makes him cook the food. (Active)
  He is made to cook the food by her. (Passive)
- भन
  े उसे वहाॉ जार्े हुए देखा।
  I saw him go there. (Active)
  He was seen to go there by me. (Passive)
- वह उसे खेरने देर्ी हैं।
  She lets him play. (Active)
  He is let play by her. (Passive)
- वह खाना फनाने भें उसकी सहामर्ा कयर्ी हैं।

She helps him cook the food. She helps him to cook the food.

Magic with English by V.K. Patel

do + nothing /anything /everything + but के फाद to के बफना ही infinitive का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- भैं इन्र्जाय के अरावा कु छ नही कय सकर्ा।
  I can’t do anything but wait.
- भने शशकामर् के अरावा कु छ नही क्रकमा।
  I did nothing but complain.
- उसने शशकामर् के अरावा सफ कु छ क्रकमा।

He did everything but complain.

Conditional Sentences

शर्ा वारे वाक्म भख्म रुऩ से चाय प्रकाय के होर्े हैं।

If + वर्भान कार का वाक्म, वर्भान कार का वाक्म
कोई साभान्म फार्, वऻ
- ऩानी भें र्रे
  ाननक सत्म फर्ार्े सभम इसका प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। ड़ारे र्ो वह र्यर्ा हैं।
  If you pour oil on water, it floats.
If + वर्भान कार का वाक्म, बववष्म कार का वाक्म
मह वाक्म सम्बाववर् शर्ा (open condition) वारा वाक्म हैं। ऐसे वाक्म भें शर्ा ऩण

ा होने
की ऩयी सम्बावना होर्ी हैं।
- महद र्भ भेहनर् कयोंगे र्ो ऩयीऺा ऩास कय रोंगे।
  If you work hard, you will pass the examination.
  Work hard and you will pass the examination. (Imperative)
- महद वह ननभन्त्रण देगा र्ो भैं ऩाटी भें जाऊॉ गा।
  If he invites me, I will go to the party.
If + बर् कार का वाक्म, would /could /might + v-1st
मह वाक्म कभ सम्बावना वारी शर्ा (imaginary or improbable condition) का वाक्म होर्ा
हैं। ऐसे वाक्मों भें शर्ा ऩणा होने की सम्बावना अऩेऺाकृ र् कभ होर्ी हैं।
- महद वह भेहनर् कयर्ा र्ो ऩयीऺा ऩास कयर्ा।
  If he worked hard, he would pass the examination.
- महद वह भझे ननभन्त्रण देर्ा र्ो भैं ऩाटी भें जार्ा।
  If he invited me, I would go to the party.

If + ऩण

ा बर्

कार का वाक्म, would /could /might +have + v-3rd

मह वाक्म अऩणा मा त्माज्म शर्ा (impossible or rejected condition) वारा वाक्म होर्ा हैं।

ऐसे वाक्मों भें न र्ो शर्ा ऩणा होर्ी हैं औय न ही उसका ऩरयणाभ ननकरर्ा हैं।

महद उसने भेहनर् की होर्ी र्ो वह ऩास हो गमा होर्ा।
If he had worked hard, he would have passed.

महद उसने ननभन्त्रण हदमा होर्ा र्ो भैं ऩाटी भें गमा होर्ा।

If he had invited me, I would have gone to the party.

महद वह धन कभार्ा हैं,	र्ो वह वस्र्एु खयीद सकर्ा हैं।
शर्ा वारा वाक्माॊश	भख्ु म वाक्माॊश
Present	Present

Present

Future

Past

Past perfect

(had+v-3rd)

Past perfect

(would /should /could /might +have + v-3rd)

महद वह धन कभार्ा हैं र्ो वह वस्र्ए खयीद सकर्ा हैं।
If he earns money, he can buy the things.
महद वह धन कभाएगा र्ो वह वस्र्ए खयीद रेगा।
If he earns money, he will buy the things.
महद वह धन कभार्ा र्ो वह वस्र्ए खयीद रेर्ा।
If he earned money, he would buy the things.
महद वह धन कभा रेर्ा र्ो वह वस्र्ए खयीद ही रेर्ा।
If he had earned money, he would have bought the things.

“If I were…………, I would /I should ”
Imaginary supposition (ऩरयक्ऩना) को दशााने भें इस structure का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। ऐसे वाक्मों भें शर्ा वारे वाक्माॊश भें simple past tense का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं र्था ऩरयणाभ वारे वाक्माॊश भें would /should /could /might +v-1st का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- महद वह रड़का होर्ी र्ो वह रड़कों के साथ खेरर्ी। If she were a boy, she would play with the boys. Were she a boy, she would play with the boys.
- महद भैं ऩऺी होर्ा र्ो आकाश भें उड़र्ा। If I were a bird, I would fly in the sky. Were I a bird, I would fly in the sky.
“Unless” / “If. not”

महद आऩ ऩरयश्रभ नही कयोंगे र्ो असपर हो जाओॊगे।
If you do not work hard, you will fail. Unless you work hard, you will fail. You will fail, unless you work hard.
महद वह झूठ नही फोरर्ा र्ो वऩर्ाजी उसको सजा नही देर्। If he did not tell a lie, his father would not punish him. Unless he told a lie, his father would not punish him.

Subject + is/are/am + always +v-ing

He is always worring.
He is always biting his nail.
Why are you always quarreling?
He is always teasing me.
Why are these children always
quarrelling?
- वह हभेशा चचन्र्ा कयर्ा यहर्ा हैं।
- वह हभेशा अऩने नाखुन चफार्ा यहर्ा हैं।
- र्भु हभेशा क्मों झगड़र्े यहर्े हो?
- वह हभेशा भझु े चचढ़ार्ा यहर्ा हैं।
- मे फच्चे हभेशा क्मों झगड़र्े यहर्े हैं?
क्रकसी क्रिमा को ‘हभेशा कयर्े यहना’ का अथा व्मक्र् कयने के शरए इस structure का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
It

ऐसे वाक्म जजनभें नही subject हो उन्हें it का प्रमोग कय शरखा व फोरा जार्ा हैं।
- आज सदी हैं।
  It is cold today.
- कर यवववाय था।
  It was Sunday yesterday.
- वषाा हो यही हैं।
  It is raining.
Noun र्था pronoun ऩय जोय देकय कहा जाने के शरए it का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। Noun
र्था pronoun के अनसाय Relative pronoun का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- वह कभर हैं, जजसने भझे धक्का हदमा।
  It is Kamal who pushed me.
- मह वही ऩेन हैं, जजसे भनें कर खयीदा।
  It is the pen which (that) I bought yesterday.
- मह वही सभम हैं, जफ येरगाड़ी महाॉ ऩहुॉचर्ी हैं।
  It is the time when the train arrives here.
- मह वही फगीचा हैं, जहाॉ परदाय ऩेड़ हैं।
  It is the garden where there are fruit trees.
It + ‘form of be’ +adjective +to + v-1st.........

क्रकसी कामा को कयना 'कै सा हैं, कै सा था मा कै सा होगा' आहद दशाानें के शरए इस
structure का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- आरोचना कयना आसान हैं।
  It is easy to criticise.
- सोचना जरूयी था।
  It was necessary to think.
- क्मा भेया वहाॉ जाना जरूयी हैं?
  Is it necessary for me to go there?
- यहने के शरए मह जगह अच्छी नही हैं।
  It is not a good place to live.
- ऩढ़ने के शरए मह वस्र्क अच्छी नही हैं।
  It is not a good book to read.
महद वाक्म भें क्रिमा, कभा ऩय जोय ड़ारर्ी हो र्ो उसे It का प्रमोग कय शरखा व फोरा जार्ा हैं।
- मह जभीन खोदना असम्बव हैं।
  It is impossible to dig this ground. This ground is impossible to dig.
- गरर् आदर्ें ग्रहण कयना आसान हैं।
  It is easy to accept bad habits. Bad habits are easy to accept
  - . It+form of be+adjective+of+accusative (कभकायक)+to+ v-1st.........

क्रकसी कामा ऩय ववशषण का प्रबाव दशाानें के शरए इस structure का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
clever (चर्याई), wise (फवु द्धभानी), nice (अच्छाई), wrong (गरर्ी), brave (फहादयु ी), polite
(शशष्टर्ा), silly (ननफवुा द्ध), wicked (दष्ु टर्ा), cruel (िू यर्ा), careless (राऩयवाही), kind (दमार)ु ,
foolish (भखर्ा), stupid (फेवकू पी), and good (अच्छाईZ) आहद adjective ननम्न Pattern भें
प्रमोग भें रामे जार्े हैं।
- मह प्रस्र्ाव स्वीकाय कयना भेयी भख
  
  र्ा थी।
  It was foolish of me to accept this offer.
- ऐसी फार् कहना उसकी दष्ु टर्ा हैं।
  It is wicked of him to say such things.
- उसे ऩसा उधाय देना भेयी अऻानर्ा थी।

It was unwise of me to lend him money.

It is no use + v-ing

क्रकसी क्रिमा को 'कयने से कोई राब नही मा कयने का कोई भर्रफ नही' का अथा व्मक्र् कयने के शरए इस structure का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- वहाॉ जाने से कोई पामदा नही हैं।
  It is no use going there. It is useless going there.
- भझसे फहस कयने भें कोई पामदा नही हैं।
  It is no use arguing with me. It is useless arguing with me.
Feel like

इस structure भें feel like का अथा ‘कयने की इच्छा होना ’ होर्ा हैं। feel like के फाद क्रिमा क
साथ ing रगार्े हैं। महाॉ feel भख् हैं।
म क्रिमा हैं, जजसका प्रमोग कार (tense) के अनस
ाय क्रकमा जार्ा
- भझे खाना खाने की इच्छा हो यही हैं।
  I feel like eating the food.
- भझे उसे थप्ऩड़ भायने की इच्छा हो यही हैं।
  I felt like slapping him.
- भझे इर्नी ज्दी कु छ बी खाने की इच्छा नही होर्ी हैं।
  I don’t feel like eating anything so early.
- क्मा आऩको चाम की इच्छा हो यही हैं?
  Do you feel like a tea?
- भझे नहाने की इच्छा हो यही हैं।
  I feel like a bath.
May/might/should/must + be + v-ing

Should have/must have + been + v-ing

May, might, should, must आहद सहामक क्रिमाओॊ के साथ be + v-ing का प्रमोग ‘होने की सम्बावना हैं’ का अथा देने के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Should have, must have आहद सहामक क्रिमाओॊ के साथ been + v-ing का प्रमोग ‘होना
चाहहम’ का अथा देने के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- उसकी महाॉ आ यहे होने की सम्बावना हैं, अथाार् ् वह महाॉ आ यहा होगा।
  He may be coming here.
- वहाॉ फायीश हो यही होगी।
  It may be raining there.
- र्भ जरूय भजाक कय यहे होओॊगे।
  You must be joking.
- र्भ शरख यहे होना चाहहमे।
  You should be writing.
- र्म्हें शरख यहे होना चाहहमे था।
  You should have been writing.
  - Subject + verb + object + v-ing
    
    Hear (सन
    ना), see (देखना), notice (ध्मान देना), observe (ननयीऺण कयना), smell (सॉघ
    ना), watch
    (ननगयानी कयना ), leave (छोड़ना), catch (ऩकड़ना) and find (अनब Pattern भें प्रमोग भें रामी जार्ी हैं।
    व कयना ) आहद क्रिमाऐॊ इस
    - भन
      े उसे ऩस
      े चुयार्े हुए ऩकड़ा।
      I caught him stealing the money.
    - भन
      े उसे फक्सा खोरर्े हुए देखा।
      I saw him opening the box.
    - क्रकसी के योने की आवाज भझ
      I heard someone crying.
  - Object + form of be + to + v-1st
  े सन
  
  ाई दी।
आदेश मा सचना देने के शरए क्रक ‘क्मा कयें, क्मा न कयें मा क्मा कयना चाहहमे ’ दशााने
के शरए इस structure का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- उसे कर र्क महाॉ रुकना हैं।
  He is to stay here till tomorrow.
- कोई बी इस क्रकर्ाफ को हाथ न रगाएॉ।
  No one is to touch this book.
- कोई बी अनभनर् के बफना अन्दय नही आएॉ।
  No one is to come in without permission.
बववष्म की ऩवा भें ही ननधाारयर् क्रिमाके शरए बी इसका प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- भैं कर हद्री जाने वारा हूॉ।
  I am to go to Dehli tomorrow.
- कामि
  भ आज शाभ को शरू
  होने वारा हैं।
  The programme is to start at evening today.
  - कोई क्रिमा ‘होने वारी थी’ मा ‘ऐसा र्ो होना ही था’ को दशाानें के शरए be to के बर् रुऩ का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    - भैं कर हद्री जाने वारा था।
      I was to go to Dehli yesterday.
    - कामि
      भ आज शाभ को शरू
      होने वारा था।
      The programme was to start at evening.
    - दधटना भें भयना उसके नसीफ भें था।
      He was to die in an accident.
  - कोई क्रिमा 'होने वारी थी ऩयन्र्ु नही हुई' को दशााने के शरए was to have + v-3rd का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    - कामि

भ र्ो शाभ को शरू

होने वारा था।

The programme was to have started at evening.

Subject + form of be + bound to + v-1st

क्रकसी क्रिमा का होना ननजश्चर्, स्वाबाववक मा फधनकायी हो र्ो इस structure का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- सबी प्राखणमों की भौर् ननजश्चर् हें।
  All creatures are bound to die.
- देय-सवेय मह र्ो होना ही था।
  It was bound to happen sooner or later.
- ऩदर चरने के फाद थकावट होना स्वाबाववक हैं।
  You are bound to feel tired after a walk.
- इन हदनों फायीश होना स्वाबाववक हैं।
  It is bound to rain these days.
- इस फाय भेया जीर्ना ननजश्चर् था।
  I am bound to win this time.
be likely to + v-1st
इस structure भें be likely to का अथा ‘'सम्बावना होना' होर्ा हैं। वाक्म भें कार के अनस रूऩ को प्रमोग भें रामा जार्ा हैं।
- उसके महाॉ आने की सबावना हैं।
  He is likely to come here.
- उसकी कफ महाॉ आने की सबावना हैं?
  When is he likely to come here?
- उसके घय ऩय होने की सबावना हैं।
  He is likely to be at home.
- वषाा होने की सबावना हैं।

It was likely to rain.

ाय be क

Direct and Indirect object
महद वाक्म भें दो कभा (object) आ जाए र्ो, जो कभा (object) वाक्म भें ‘क्मा’ प्रश्न का उत्र्य देर्ा हो उसे प्रत्मऺ कभा (direct object) र्था जो कभा (object) वाक्म भें ‘क्रकसे मा क्रकसकों’ प्रश्न का उत्र्य देर्ा हो उसे अप्रत्मऺ कभा (indirect object) कहर्े हैं।
Pattern
Sub + verb +indirect object +direct object Sub+verb+direct object+preposition (to/for) +indirect object
- उसने भझे ऩत्र शरखा।
  He wrote me a letter. He wrote a letter to me.
- उसने भेये शरए एक ऩस्ु
  He bought me a book.
  र्क खयीदी।
  He bought a book for me.
Subject +verb +object +noun

इस structure का प्रमोग साभान्मर्मा ऐसी क्रिमाओॊ के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं, जो कर्ाा ने स्वम
जानफझ
कय नही की हो।
- उसकी नजय चरी गई।
  He lost his eye sight.
  - र्म्हायी शटा कै से पट गई?
    How did you tear your shirt?
  - आऩकी चाबफमाॉ मही यह गई।
You have left your keys here.
Double Verb

कबी-कबी दो क्रिमाओॊ को एक के फाद एक प्रमोग भें रेकय शरखी व फोरी जार्ा हैं। इनकी अग्रेजी फनार्े सभम verb +and+ verb की र्यह शरखा व फोरा जार्ा हैं।

- वाक्म भें प्रमोग कयर्े सभम मह ध्मान भें यखा जार्ा हैं क्रक दोनो क्रिमाऐॊ एक ही रूऩ भें हो।

- इस structure को ननम्न प्रकाय से प्रमोग भें रामा जार्ा हैं।

Imperative (आदेश)
- जाओ औय देखो क्रक कौन दयवाजे ऩय दस्र्क दे यहा ह।ैं
  Go and see who is knocking at the door.
- कऩड़ा गीरा कयके मे दाग साप कयो।
  Wet a cloth and clean these marks.
Imperative (ववनम्र ननवेदन)
- क्मा आऩ महाॉ आकय फठें गे?
  Will you please come and sit here?
- क्मा हभ महाॉ रूक कय चाम रें?
  Shall we stop here and take tea?
Simple statement
- भैं कर उससे जाकय शभरगा।
  I will go and meet him tomorrow.
- भैं उसके ऩास जाकय फठा।
  I went and sat beside him.
  - जफ क्रकसी वाक्म भें एक क्रिमा के ऩरयणाभस्वरूऩ दसयी क्रिमा सम्ऩन्न होर्ी हो र्ो ऐसी
    जस्थनर् भें ‘कर्ाा +क्रिमा +कभव +ववशषण’ का प्रमोग कयर्े हैं। हहन्दी के वाक्म भें अन्र् भें आने वारी क्रिमा को ववशषण के रुऩ भें प्रमोग भें रेर्े हैं।
    - भने काय धोकय साप की।
      I washed the car clean.
    - याभ ने धके र कय दयवाजा खोरा।
      Ram pushed the door open.
  - जफ वाक्म भें वही क्रिमा दफ
    ाया आ जामे र्ो प्राम: भख्
    म क्रिमा को दोहयाने के फजाम
    शसपा सहामक क्रिमा का प्रमोग कयर्े हैं।
    - भझे चाम अच्छी रगर्ी है औय हभेन्े द्र को बी अच्छी रगर्ी हैं।
      I like tea and Hemendra does too.
    - नवेन्दु हहन्दी फोर सकर्ा हैं औय झॊकाय बी फोर सकर्ा हैं।

Navendu can speak Hindi and Jhankar can too.

It + form of be /verb +so + adjective /adverb +that clause

क्रकसी क्रिमा ऩय क्रिमा-ववशषण का प्रबाव दशााने के शरए इसका प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- इर्ना अधेया था क्रक भैं कु छ बी नही देख सका।
  It was so dark that I could see nothing.
- भैं इर्ना थक गमा क्रक औय आगे नही चर सका।
  I was so tired that I couldn’t walk any further.
Fairly rather
इस structure का प्रमोग ववऩयीर् अथा वारे ववशषण को व्मक्र् कयने के शरए क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Fairly is used with pleasant while rather with an unpleasant adjective.
- आऩ स्वस्थ हदखर्े हैं ऩयन्र्ु आऩकी ऩजत्न फीभाय हदखर्ी हैं।
  You look fairly healthy but your wife rather ill.
- याभ रम्फा हैं ऩयन्र्ु उसका बाई उससे कभ रम्फा हैं।

Ram is fairly tall but his brother is rather short.

Modals

There are two types of auxiliary Verbs in English grammar.

Primary auxiliary
Modal auxiliary
- Primary auxiliary: इसके अन्र्गर् Be (is, are, am ,was, were), Do (do, does, did) र्था
  Have (has, have, had) सहामक क्रिमामें आर्ी हैं। इनका भख्म र्था सहामक क्रिमा, दोनों
  ही रूऩों भें प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। मे सहामक क्रिमामें कार (tense), वचन (number) व ऩरूष (person) से प्रबाववर् होर्ी हैं।
- Modal auxiliary: मे सहामक क्रिमामें भख्म क्रिमा की प्रवनृ र् को औय अचधक स्ऩष्ट कयर्ी

हैं, र्था भन:जस्थनर् को व्मक्र् कयर्ी हें। मे सहामक क्रिमामें कार (tense), वचन (number) व ऩरूष (person) से प्रबाववर् नही होर्ी हैं। Modal के साथ हभेशा क्रिमा की 1st form का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Modals का प्रमोग ननम्न प्रकाय से क्रकमा जािा हैं -

May

May का अथा होर्ा हैं – ‘सकना’
- Factual probability, Possibility (र्थ्मात्भक सम्बावना) Example:
  - आज वषाा हो सकर्ी हैं।
    It is likely to rain today.
    It is possible that it will rain today. It will probably rain today.
    It may rain today.
- To seek permission (आऻा रेना) Example:
  - क्मा भैं अन्दय आ सकर्ा हूॉ?
    May I come in?
  - क्मा भैं र्म्
    हाया ऩेन काभ भें रे सकर्ा हूॉ?
    May I use your pen?
- Good wishes, Blessing, Hope (शब Example:
  
  काभनाएॉ, आशशवााद)
  - ईश्वय र्म्हें रम्फी आमु दें।
    I wish you a long life.
    I bless you with a long life.
    I extend my good wishes for your long life. May you live long!
  - ईश्वय आऩको खुश यखें।
    May you live happily!
    - Purpose (उद्देश्म) Example:
      - कठोय ऩरयश्रभ कयों र्ाक्रक र्भ
        
        ऩास हो सकों।
        Work hard so that you may pass.
Might
- May के past के रूऩ भें -
  Example:
  - कर शामद वषाा हो।
    It Might rain tomorrow.
  - उसने कठोय ऩरयश्रभ क्रकमा शामद वह ऩास हो जाए।
    He worked hard so that he might pass.
- To show lesser possibility (कभ सम्बावना व्मक्र् कयने के शरए) Example:
  - उसकी ऩाटी भें आने की सम्बावना हैं।
    He might attend the party.
  - वह शामद बखा होगा।
    He might be hungry.
Can

Can का अथा होर्ा हैं – ‘सकना’
- To show ability, capacity, skill (मोग्मर्ा व ऺभर्ा दशााने भें) Example:
  - भैं अग्र
    ेजी फोर सकर्ा हूॉ।
    I am capable of speaking English. I can speak English.
  - भैं र्म्
    हायी सभस्मा सर
    झा सकर्ा हूॉ।
    He is able to solve your problem. He can solve your problem.
  - याभ काय चराना जानर्ा हैं। Ram knows how to drive a car. Ram can drive a car.
- To give permission (आऻा देना) Example:
  - र्भ जा सकर्े हो।
    You are allowed to go. You are permitted to go. You can go.
- To show theoretical possibility (सद्धै Example:
  - धुम्रऩान से कैं सय हो सकर्ा हैं।
    Smoking can cause cancer.
    
    ाजन्र्क सम्बावना दशााने भें)
    - दघटना कही बी हो सकर्ी हैं।
    Accidents are likely to happen anywhere. Accident can happen anywhere.
Could
- To show past ability (बर् Example:
  
  कार की मोग्मर्ा दशााने भें)
  - जफ वह ववद्मारम भें था र्फ वह अग्रेजी फोर सकर्ा था।
    He was able to speak English, when he was at school.
    He was capable of speaking English, when he was at school. He could speak English, when he was at school.
  - वह भेयी सभस्मा नही सरझा सका।
    He could not solve my problem.
  - भैं सभम ऩय नही ऩहुॉच सका।
    I could not reach at time.
- To show lesser possibility (कभ सम्बावना व्मक्र् कयने भें) Example:
  - याभ ऑक्रपस भें हो सकर्ा हैं।
    Ram could be at office.
  - कु छ बी हो सकर्ा हैं।
    Anything could be happen.
- Optative sentence (आऻासच क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  Example:
  क वाक्मों भें ): Can से अचधक नम्र रूऩ भें could का प्रमोग
  - क्मा अफ हभ जा सकर्े हैं?
    Could we go now?
  - क्मा भैं र्म्
    हायी क्रकर्ाफें काभ भें रे सकर्ा हूॉ?
    Could I use your books?
- To show “What to do” (‘क्मा कयना चाहहम’ Example:
  
  फर्ाने भें)
  - र्भ अऩना ऩाठ सप्र्ाह भें कभ से कभ एक फाय र्ो दोहया सकर्े हो।
    You could revise your lesson at least once a week.
  - र्भ हदन भें एक फाय र्ो नहा सकर्े हो।
    You could take a bath at least once a day.
Shall
- To show simple future with I/We (साभान्म बववष्म) Example:
  - भैं कर कोरकार्ा जाऊॉ गा।
    I shall go to Kolkata tomorrow.
    - Promise, command, order, threat, warning except I/We (वादा, आदेश, धभकी व चेर्ावनी देने भें)
      Example:
      - आऩकों खाने के शरए थोड़ा औय रेना होगा।
        You shall have some more to eat.
      - र्भ दश्ु भन को हया सकर्े हो।
        You shall defeat the enemy.
      - र्म्हें सभम ऩय आना होगा।
        You shall come in time.
      - र्भ कबी बी ववद्मारम देयी से नही आओॊगे।
        You shall never come late in school.
    - Suggestions, offers (सझ Example:
      ाव, प्रस्र्ाव) मे वाक्म हभेशा प्रश्नवाचक होर्े हैं।
      - क्मा हभ भ्रभण के शरए चरे?
        Shall we go for a picnic?
      - क्मा भैं खखड़की खोर?ु
        Shall I open the window?
Should
- Advice, suggestion (सराह) Example:
  - र्म्हें अफ थोड़ा आयाभ कयना चाहहऐ।
    I advise you to take some rest now.
    It is advisable to you to take some rest now. You are advised to take some rest now.
    You should take some rest now.
  - छात्रों को अऩने अध्माऩक का सम्भान कयना चाहहऐ। I advise the students to respect their teachers. Students should respect their teachers.
  - र्म्हें कठोय ऩरयश्रभ कयना चाहहऐ।
    I advise you to work hard. You should work hard.
- To show Moral obligation and duty (ननै र्क दानमत्व) Example:
  - हभें दीन व्मजक्र् की सहामर्ा कयनी चाहहऐ।
    It is our moral duty to help the needy. We should help the needy.
  - सफरों को दफरों का अऩभान नही कयना चाहहऐ।
    The strong should not insult the weak.
  - छात्रों को अध्माऩक का कहना भानना चाहहऐ।
    Students should obey teachers.
    - To show the weak probability in condition sentences (बववष्म की शर्ा वारे वाक्मों भें
      ऺीण सम्बावना के शरए) Example:
      - आवश्मकर्ा ऩड़ने ऩय हभायी जभा ऩज
        ी उऩमोग भें रेने के शरए हभ र्म
        ाय हैं।
        If it should be necessary, we are ready to use our deposits. Should it be necessary, we are ready to use our deposits.
      - र्भ
        याभ से शभरों र्ो उसे भझ
        से शभरने को कहना।
        If you should meet Ram, ask him to see me. Should you meet Ram, ask him to see me.
      - महद वषाा हुई र्ो हभाये अध्माऩक जी नही आऐॊगे।
        If it should rain, our teacher will not come.
    - Lest के फाद
      Example:
      - कठोय ऩरयश्रभ कयो ऐसा न हो क्रक र्भ
        Work hard lest you should fail.
        पे र हो जाओॊ।
    - To express assumption or probability (सम्बावना व्मक्र् कयने के शरए) Example:
      - वह थका हुआ होगा।
        He should be tired.
      - याभ भेयी ऩयेशानी हर कय देगा।
        Ram should solve my problem.
      - उसे अबी ऑक्रपस भें होना चाहहऐ।
        He should be at the office now.
    - Polite request (ववनम्र ननवेदन) Example:
      - भैं चाहर्ा हूॉ क्रक र्भ
    भेये शभत्र की सहामर्ा कयो।
    I should like you to help my friend.
Will
- To express volition (इच्छा व्मक्र् कयने भें) Example:
  - भैं अगरी फाय सही कयने का प्रमास करूॉ गा।
    I will try to do better the next time.
  - भझे प्रथभ प्रमास भें ही सपरर्ा शभर जामेगी।
    I will succeed in first attempt.
  - भैं कर र्म्हायी क्रकर्ाफ रौटा दॊगा।
    I will return your book tomorrow.
  - हभ न्माम के शरए रड़ेंगे।
    We will fight for justice.
    - To express assumption or probability (सम्बावना व्मक्र् कयने के शरम)े
      Example:
      - भैं सोचर्ा हूॉ क्रक वह हभाया नौकय हैं।
        That will be our servant, I think.
      - शामद मह वही क्रकर्ाफ ह,
        जो र्म्
        हें चाहहऐ।
        This will be the book you want, I suppose.
      - वह वहाॉ जामेगा।
        He will go there.
    - Promise, command, order, threat, warning with I/We (वादा, आदेश, धभकी व चेर्ावनी देने भें)
      Example:
      - भैं र्म्हें एक ऩेन दॊगा।
        I will give you a pen.
      - हभ दश्ु भन को हया देंगे।
        We will defeat the enemy.
      - भैं सभम ऩय अऩना गहकामा खत्भ कय रगा।
        I will finish my homework in time.
      - भैं र्म्हायी सहामर्ा करूॊ गा।
        I will help you.
    - To indicates an invitation or a request (ननभन्त्रण, ननवेदन) Example:
      - भेहयफानी कयके खखड़की खोर दीजजएगा।
        Will you please open the window?
      - भेहयफानी कयके अऩना ऩेन भझ
        Will you lend me your pen?
        े दीजजएगा।
    - Conditional sentences (बववष्म की शर्)ा
      Example:
      - महद वह धन कभाऐगा र्ो वह काय खयीद रेगा।
        If he earns money, he will buy a car.
      - महद याभ कठोय ऩरयश्रभ कयेगा र्ो वह ऩास होगा।
      If Ram works hard, he will pass
Would
- Request (ननवेदन) Example:
Must
- Obligation, Compulsion, Necessity (फाध्मर्ा, आवश्मकर्ा र्था अननवामर्ा) Example:
  - र्म्
    हाया सभम ऩय ऩहुॉचना आवश्मक हैं।
    It is necessary for you to reach in time. It is compulsory for you to reach in time You are supposed to reach in time.
    You are compelled to reach in time. You must reach in time.
  - र्म्हें अफ ननकरना चाहहमे।
    You must leave now.
  - हभें हटकट रेकय मात्रा कयनी चाहहमे।
    We must travel with ticket.
    - Conclusion, Inference (र्का सगर् ननष्कष) Example:
      - वह वही होगा।
        He is sure to be there.
        He is surly there.
        He must be there.
    - Strong probability (अत्मचधक सम्बावना) Example:
      - वह फीभाय ही होगा।
        He must be ill.
      - वह कठोय ऩरयश्रभी होगा।
        He is in all probability a hard worker. He must be a hard worker.
    - Prohibition (ननषध) Example:
      - र्भ ऐसा भर् कयो अथाार् ् ऐसा नही कयना चाहहमे।
        You are prohibited to do this.
        It is obligatory for you not to do this. You mustn’t do this.
    - To show necessity of things (आवश्मकर्ा दशाानें भें) Example:
      - महद आऩ कोरकार्ा जैसे शहय भें हैं, र्ो वाहन फहुर् जरूयी हैं।
        If you live in a city like Kolkata, a vehicle is a must.
Ought to
- Moral obligation, moral duty (ननै र्क दानमत्व) Example:
  - हभें अऩने फड़ो का आदय कयना चाहहमे। It is our moral duty to respect our elders. We ought to respect our elders.
  - हभें जरूयर्भदों की सहामर्ा कयनी चाहहम। It is our moral duty to help the needy. We ought to help the needy.
Used to
- To show habit of past (बर् Example:
  
  कार की आदर् व्मक्र् कयने भें)
  - वह देयी से सोमा कयर्ा था।
    He slept late.
    He would sleep late.
    He used to sleep late.
    - क्मा आऩ स्कू र के हदनों भें क्रप्भ भें जार्े थे? Used you to go to the movies in school days? Did you use to go to the movies in school days?
    - To show habitual action (अभ्मस्र्र्ा दशााने भें) Example:
      - वह फीडडा़ मा ऩीने का आदी हैं।
    He is in the habit of smoking biris. He is used to smoke the biris.
Need
इसका प्रमोग के वर नकायात्भक र्था प्रश्नवाचक वाक्मों भें क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Example:
- र्म्हें वहाॉ जाने की जरूयर् नही हैं।
  You needn’t go there.
- क्मा र्म्हें वहाॉ जाने की जरूयर् हैं?
Need you go there?
- To show not necessary action (आवश्मकर्ा नही) Example:
  - र्म्हें कऩड़े फदरने की जरूयर् नही हैं।
    It is not necessary to change your dress. You needn’t to change your dress.
- To show formality (औऩचारयकर्ा दशााने भें) Example:
  - क्मा हभें अऩने वाहन साथ रे जाने की जरूयर् हैं?
    Need we take our vehicle with us?
  - क्मा हभें उसकी इजाजर् रेने की आवश्मकर्ा हैं?
Need we take his permission?
Dare

To show courage (साहसी होना) Example:

हभाया दयवाजा खोरने की र्म्ु हायी हहम्भर् कै से हुई? How did you have the courage to open our door? How dare you open our door?
भेये वऩर्ाजी का साभना कयना भेये फस भें नही हैं।
I don’t have courage to face my father. I dare not to face my father.
उसकी महाॉ आने की हहम्भर् हैं। He has courage to come here. He is not afraid to come here.

He dares to come here.

उसकी महाॉ आने की हहम्भर् थी। He had courage to come here. He was not afraid to come here. He dared to come here.
उसकी महाॉ आने की हहम्भर् होगी।

He wills courage to come here. He will not afraid to come here. He will dare to come here.

Framing questions

प्रश्न ननभा्ण

Questions are of three types -

Question Tag
Short Response
Question with Question (wh) words

Question Tag -

It is common in conversation to make a statement and ask for confirmation. The part which asks for confirmation is called question tag.

साभान्म फातचीत भें ककसी कथन की सत्मता के सरए कथन के फाद भें ऩुछा जाने वारा छोटा प्रश्न question tag कहराता हैं।

मदद कथन सकायात्भक हैं तो question tag नकायात्भक फनेगा औय मदद कथन नकायात्भक हैं तो
question tag सकायात्भक फनेगा।

Statement

Question Tag

Pattern of tag

Positive (सकायात्भक)

Negative

(नकायात्भक)

Auxiliary +n’t +subject?

Negative

(नकायात्भक)

Positive

(सकायात्भक)

Auxiliary + subject?

मदद कथन भें not, never, hardly, scarcely, no, few, little आदद हैं तो प्रश्न फनाने के सरए
helping verb (auxiliary) +subject ? का प्रमोग कयते हैं।
मदद कथन भें not, never, hardly, scarcely, no आदद नकायात्भक शब्द नही हैं तो प्रश्न फनाने के सरए helping verb (auxiliary) + n’t +subject? का प्रमोग कयते हैं। मदद कथन भें a few , a little आदद शब्द प्रमोग भें रामे गमे हो तो बी question tag नकायात्भक फनेगा।

am not
aren't
are not
aren't
is not
isn't
do not
don't
does not
doesn’t
did not
didn't
has not
hasn't
have not
haven’t
shall not
shan't
will not
won't
can not
can't
was not
wasn't
were not
weren't
should not
shouldn't
would not
wouldn't
could not
couldn't
- Question tag भें उसी सहामक किमा का प्रमोग ककमा जाता हैं, जो कथन भें प्रमोग भें री गई हो। औय मदद कथन भें कोई सहामक किमा नही हो तो do, does मा did का प्रमोग ककमा जाता हैं।
- Question tag भें कताथ (Subject) के स्थान ऩय उऩमुतत सवन जाता हैं।
  ाभ (Pronoun) का प्रमोग ककमा
- मदद कथन का कताथ (subject) everyone, everybody, someone, somebody हो तो question tag भें they का प्रमोग कयते हैं।
- मदद कथन भें used to का प्रमोग ककमा गमा हो तो question tag भें usedn’t मा didn’t का प्रमोग कयते हैं।
- Imperative sentences (प्राथना मा आदशे मुतत कथन) मदद सकायात्भक हो तो question tag को
  will you? मा won’t you? फनामा जा सकता हैं। ऩयन्तु मदद Imperative sentences नकायात्भक हो तो question tag हभेशा सकायात्भक ही फनेगा।
- Let’s से प्रायम्ब होने वारे कथन का question tag हभेशा shall we? ही फनेगा।
- Let (Let’s से नही) से प्रायम्ब होने वारे कथन का question tag फनाते सभम tag हभेशा will you?
ही फनेगा।

Example:
- It’s raining, isn’t it?
- Jhankar is innocent, isn’t he?
- I am here, aren’t I?
- Leena will cook the food, won’t she?
- He would take tea, wouldn’t he?
- She can’t swim, can she?
- Mohan doesn’t work hard, does he?
- They haven’t come yet, have they?
- They were not poor, were they?
- Let’s leave now, shall we?
- He has nothing to say, has he?
- I hardly reached the cinema, did I?
- She rarely takes tea, does she?
- She used to get up early, usedn’t her?
- Raju used to go for a walk, didn’t he?

Short Response -

Short Answers - Questions beginning with an auxiliary are “Short Response” type questions.

सहामक क्रिमा से प्रायम्ब होने वारे प्रश्नों के उत्र्य सक्षऺप्र् भें हदमे जार्े हैं।
- महद उत्र्य भें you का प्रमोग क्रकमा गमा हो र्ो प्रश्न भें एकवचन के शरए I का र्था फहुवचन के शरए We का प्रमोग कयर्े हैं। औय महद I मा We का प्रमोग क्रकमा गमा हो र्ो प्रश्न भें you का प्रमोग कयर्े हैं।
  - उत्र्य भें हदमे गमे yes मा no को हटा देर्े हैं। र्था सहामक क्रिमा को कर्ाा से ऩहरे शरख देर्े हैं।
    
    Question - Helping verb + subject + verb + …… +? Answer - Yes + pronoun + auxiliary No + pronoun + auxiliary + n’t (not)
    Example:
    - Does, she makes a plan?
      
      Yes, she does. No, she doesn’t.
    - Can you drive a car?
      
      Yes, I can. No, I can’t.
    - Have, you taken milk?
      
      Yes, I have. No, I haven’t.
    - Did he say something?
    Yes, he did. No, he didn’t.
Addition to Remarks – क्रकसी कथन ऩय अऩना सभथन इसका प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
व्मक्र् कयने मा नही कयने के शरए
- सकायात्भक कथन के सकायात्भक सभथन
  statement) –So + auxiliary + subject Example:
  1. Ram likes tea. So do me.
  2. You were late. So was I.
  3. She must complete her work. So must I.
    - नकायात्भक कथन के नकायात्भक सभथन
  statement)–
  
  Nor / neither + auxiliary + subject Example:
  1. Ram doesn’t like tea. Nor do me.
  2. I can’t do this. Nor can my wife.
    - सकायात्भक कथन के नकायात्भक सभथन
  statement) –
  
  But+ subject + auxiliary + n’t / not
  के सरए (Affirmative response for affirmative
  
  के शरए (Negative response for negative
  
  के शरए (negative response for affirmative
  Example:
  1. Ram knows me. But I don’t.
  2. I can work for a long time. But my brother can’t.
    - नकायात्भक कथन के सकायात्भक सभथन
  statement) –But+ subject + auxiliary Example:
  के शरए (Affirmative response for negative
  1. Ram doesn’t know me. But I do.
  2. I can’t work for a long time. But my brother can.
Agreement and disagreement with statements – कथन के साथ अऩनी स्वीकृ नर् मा अस्वीकृ नर् व्मक्र् कयने के शरए इसका प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हें।
- सकायात्भक कथन के शरए स्वीकृ नर् (Agreement with affirmative statement) –Yes / so / of course + pronoun + auxiliary

Example:

Ram likes tea. Yes, he does.
Navendu can write English very well. Of course he can.
- नकायात्भक कथन के शरए स्वीकृ नर् (Agreement with negative statement) –No + pronoun + auxiliary + n’t / not

Example:

Ram doesn’t like tea. No, he doesn’t.

You can’t work for a long time. No I can’t.

सकायात्भक कथन के शरए अस्वीकृ नर् (Disagreement with affirmative statement) –No / oh no + pronoun + auxiliary + n’t / not

Example:

Ram likes tea. No, he doesn’t.
You are sleeping. Oh no, I’m not.
- नकायात्भक कथन के शरए अस्वीकृ नर् (Disagreement with negative statement) –Yes / but + pronoun + auxiliary

Example:

Ram doesn’t like tea. But I do.
You didn’t know me. But I do.
Question with Question (wh) words –

In general questions with question words are in following format.

साधायणर्मा प्रश्न वाचक शब्दों से प्रायम्ब होने वारे प्रश्न ननम्न प्रकाय से फनामे जार्े हैं।

Wh-word + helping verb + subject + +?

कथन भें हदमे गमे उत्र्य से प्रश्न फनार्े सभम प्रमोग भें शरमे जाने वारे प्रश्न वाचक शब्द के उत्र्य को वाक्म भें से हटा देर्े हैं। र्था कार (Tense), वचन (Number) व ऩरूष (person) क

अनसाय प्रश्न फनार्े हैं।

Question words		उत्िय का ननम्न बाग हटा िेिे हैं।
Why (क्मों)	-	प्रश्न फनार्े सभम Because, So that िर्था To + V-1st आहद शब्दों र्था इनके फाद आमे कथन को हटा देर्े हैं।
Who (कौन)	-	प्रश्न फनार्े सभम किाव (subject) को हटा देर्े हैं।
Whose (क्रकसका)	-	प्रश्न भें आमे सम्फन्ध-सचू क शब्िों ( my, our, your, his her िर्था their) को हटा देर्े हैं।
Whom (क्रकसको, क्रकसे)	-	प्रश्न भें आमे कभव (Object) को हटा देर्े हैं।
When (कफ)	-	प्रश्न भें आमे सभम सचू क शब्िों को हटा देर्े हैं।
Where (कहाॉ)	-	प्रश्न भें आमे स्थान फर्ाने वारे शब्दों को हटा देर्े हैं।
What (क्मा)	-	प्रश्न भें आमी साभान्म जानकायी, व्मक्ति की ऩहचान, व्मवसाम, क्रकसी कामव से सम्फक्न्धि जानकायी मा कभव (Object) को हटा देर्े हैं।
Which (कौनसा)		प्रश्न भें आई ननजीव वस्िओु ॊ िर्था जानवयों के लरए प्रमतु ि होने वारे शब्दों को हटा हदमा जार्ा हैं।
How (कै से)	-	प्रश्न की क्रिमा के साथ कै से? मा क्रकस प्रकाय से? प्रश्न के उत्िय को हटा देर्े हैं।
How many (क्रकर्ने)	-	प्रश्न भें आमे सख्ॊ मात्भक शब्िों को हटा देर्े हैं।
How much (क्रकर्ना)	-	प्रश्न भें आमे भात्रात्भक शब्िों को हटा देर्े हैं।
How long (क्रकर्ने सभम से)	-	प्रश्न भें आमे सभम की अवधध मा सभम के प्रायम्ब होने को

		िशावने वारे शब्िों को हटा देर्े हैं।
How far (क्रकर्नी दयू )	-	प्रश्न भें आमे ियू ी फिाने वारे शब्िों को हटा देर्े हैं।
How old (क्रकर्ना फड़ा)	-	प्रश्न भें आमे उम्र फिाने वारे शब्िों को हटा देर्े हैं।

Example:

Ram helped me.
Who helped you?
I sold my bicycle.
Whose bicycle did you sell?
I saw him in the garden. Whom did you see in the garden?
Where did you see him?
I like coffee.
What do you like?
I want two kg of sugar.
How much sugar do you want?
I will meet you in the evening.
When will you meet me?
I have two hundred books in my library.
How many books have you in your library?
I have been waiting here for two hours.

How long have you been waiting here?

Articles:

अग्रेजी भें articles र्ीन प्रकाय के होर्े है् a, an and the.

Indefinite article (अननजश्चर्र्ा दशक
): a and an
Definite article (ननजश्चर्र्ा दशक

): the

Indefinite articles – a and an:
- ‘a’ and ‘an’ are called indefinite articles because they are used to refer a less specific noun.
  a र्था an ननजश्चर्र्ा दशक article कहरार्े ह,ै क्मोक्रक इनका उऩमोग अऩेऺाकृ र् कभ
  ववशशष्ट सऻाओ के शरऐ क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- “an” is used before a word beginning with a vowel sound.
  an का प्रमोग उन एकवचन र्था चगनी जाने मोग्म सऻाओ के शरऐ क्रकमा जार्ा हैं,
  
  Example:
  जजनका उच्चायण स्वय ध्वनन भे हो बरे ही सऻ
  ा व्मज
  न से प्रायम्ब हुई हो।
  An ink pen, an intelligent lady, an honourable man, an MLA, an LDC, an hour, an honest man, an heir (उत्र्याचधकायी), an apple etc
- “a” is used before a word beginning with a consonant sound.
  a का प्रमोग उन एकवचन र्था चगनी जाने मोग्म सऻाओ के शरऐ क्रकमा जार्ा हैं,
  
  Example:
  जजनका उच्चायण व्मज
  न ध्वनन भे हो बरे ही सऻ
  ा स्वय से प्रायम्ब हुई हो ।
  A scooter, a cow, a one rupee note, a European, a king, a proverb, a foot, a union, a useful article etc
- Both of these articles are used before a singular countable noun.
  a र्था an दोनो ही article का प्रमोग एकवचन र्था चगनी जाने मोग्म सऻ शरऐ क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  ाओ क
- “a and an” is used before a individual noun as the representative of a group.
- क्रकसी सभह हैं।
  का प्रनर्ननचधत्व कयने वारी सऻ
  ा के साथ का a /an प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा
  Example:
  A teacher, a doctor, an engineer, a student, etc
Definite article – the:
- “The” is used with specific nouns.
  क्रकसी ववशशष्ट सऻ
  Example:
  ा के साथ the का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  The moon, the earth,
  - जो सेव र्भ
    ने खाई, सडी हुई थी।
    The apple you ate was rotten.
  - क्मा र्भने दयवाजा खोरा?
    Did you open the door?
- “The” is used, when a singular noun and adjective are meant to represent a whole class.

क्रकसी वस्र्ु मा प्राणी के नाभ के साथ the का प्रमोग कय उस प्रकाय के सबी प्राखणओ व

वस्र्ओ के फाये भे दशाामा जार्ा ह।ै

Example:

The educated, the rich, the French, the weak, the cow, the car

गाम एक उऩमोगी ऩशु हैं।
The cow is a useful animal.
ज्मादार्य प्रदषण के शरमे काय जजम्भेदाय हैं।

The car is responsible for a lot of pollution.

“The” is used, before the names of certain books.
क्रकसी ग्रथ
के नाभ से ऩहरे the का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा ह,
ऩयॊर्ु ग्रथ
के नाभ से ऩहरे रेखक
का नाभ बी हो र्ो का the प्रमोग नही क्रकमा जार्ा।
Example:
The Vedas, the Ramayana, the Bible, the Purans etc Walmiki’s Ramayana, Homer’s Iliad etc
“The” is used, before superlative degree of adjective.
ववशषण की superlative degree से ऩहरे the का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Example:
The best book, the longest river, the most beautiful scene etc
“The” is used, before common nouns which are names of things unique of their kind.
The का प्रमोग उन सऻ
Example:
ाओ से ऩव
ा क्रकमा जार्ा हैं, जो अऩने आऩ भे ववशशष्ट हो।
The sun, the sky, the ocean, the sea, the earth etc
“The” is used, before the names of gulfs, rivers, seas, oceans, groups of islands and mountain-ranges.
The का प्रमोग, खाडडा़ मों, नहदमों, सागय, भहासागय, द्वीऩ-सभह क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Example:
, ऩवर्
श्रॊखराओॊ के नाभ से ऩव
The bay of Bengal, the Ganga, the Indian Ocean, the Red sea, the Himalayas etc
“The” is used, before the historic period, decades and centuries.
The का प्रमोग दशक, शर्क र्था ऐनर्हाशसक कारखण्ड़ के नाभ से ऩव
Example:
ा क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
The Stone Age, the seventeenth century etc
- 50 के दशक भें पै शन प्रायम्ब हुआ।
  Fashion started in the 50’s.
- बायर् का अन्र्रयऺ मग
  70 के दशक भें प्रायम्ब हुआ।
  India’s space program started in the 70’s.
Sometime “the” is used, instead of possessive noun like my, his, your. The का प्रमोग कबी-कबी my, his, your के स्थान ऩय बी क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। Example:
- उसने भेये ऩेट भें भाय दी।
  He hit me in the stomach.
- उसके सीने भें ददा हैं।
  He has a pain in the chest.
  - “The” is used, as an adverb with comparative degree.
    Comparative degree के साथ the का प्रमोग नही क्रकमा जार्ा, ऩयन्र्ु महद कोई ववशषण
    comparative के रूऩ भें दो फाय आए र्ो the का प्रमोग क्रिमा ववशषण के रूऩ भें क्रकमा जार्ा
    हैं, ऐसी जस्थनर् भें ऩहरे the का अथा ‘जजर्ना’ र्था दस
    Example:
    ये the का अथा ‘उर्ना’ होर्ा हैं।
    - जजर्नी ज्दी हभ ननकरेंगे उर्नी ज्दी हभ वहाॉ ऩहुॉचेंगे।
      The sooner we leave, the sooner we will get there.
    - जजर्ना अचधक उन्है शभरर्ा हैं, उर्नी ही अचधक इच्छा होर्ी हैं।
      The more they get, the more they want.
  - “The” is used, with ordinals.
    The का प्रमोग िभाऺय से ऩव
    Example:
    ा क्रकमा जार्ा हैं। महाॉ सख्
    मा ववशष
    ण की र्यह प्रमक्
    र् होर्ी हैं।
    - नीर आभस्
      ट्राॊग चाॊद ऩय ऩहुचॅंने वारा ऩहरा व्मजक्र् था।
      Neel Armstong was the first man to reach at the moon.
    - इस क्रकर्ाफ का ग्मायहवॅं ऩाठ फड़ा रूचचकय हैं।
      The eleventh chapter of this book is very interesting.
  - “The” is used, before the plural of family names.
    The का प्रमोग ऩरयवायों के नाभों से ऩव
    Example:
    The sonies, the sharmas etc
    ा कयर्े हैं, जो ‘का ऩरयवाय’ का अथा देर्ा हैं।
  - “The” is used, before the historic and important events.
    The का प्रमोग ऐनर्हाशसक र्था भहत्वऩण
    Example:
    ा घटनाओॊ से ऩव
    ा क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    The First World War, the French revolution etc
  - “The” is used, before the name of musical instrument.
    The का प्रमोग वाद्म मत्र
    Example:
    The flute, the violin etc
    ों के नाभ से ऩव
    ा क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  - “The” is used, before the word “whole” and after the words like “All, Both, Half”.
    The का प्रमोग “All, Both, Half” शब्दो के ऩश्चार् र्था “whole” शब्द से ऩव
    Example:
    All the boys, both of the girls, the whole money, half of the money etc
  - “The” is used, before the famous buildings.
    ा क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    The का प्रमोग प्रशसद्घ इभायर्ों के नाभ से ऩव
    Example:
    The Taj Mahal, the Qutub Minar etc
    ा क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  - “The” is used, before the name of political parties, religion, nationality, community.
    The का प्रमोग याजनीनर्क दर, धभ,
    Example:
    सम्प्रदाम, याष्ट्रीमर्ा, जानर् के नाभ से ऩव
    ा क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    The B.J.P., the Congress, the Hindus, the Indians the Spanish etc
When “The” is used, before proper noun, they become common noun.

जफ The का प्रमोग व्मजक्र्वाचक सऻ कामा कयर्ी हैं।

Example:

ा से ऩव

ा क्रकमा जार्ा हैं र्ो वह जानर्वाचक सऻ

ा की र्यह

काशरदास बायर् का शक्सऩीमय हैं।
Kalidas is the Shakespeare of India.
कश्भीय धयर्ी का स्वगा हैं।
Kashmir is the heaven of the Earth.

Omission of Articles [Zero Articles]:
The article is omitted before name of a person, language, country, city, game, day, month, festival etc.

क्रकसी व्मजक्र्, बाषा, देश, शहय, खेर, हदन, भहीना, त्मौहाय आहद का नाभ से ऩहरे article का प्रमोग नही क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।

Example:

Navendu, Hindi, India, Beawar, football, Monday, May, diwali etc

Note: - ऩयन्र्ु देश के नाभ के साथ महद States, kingdom, union, republic आ जाए र्ो उनसे

ऩवा “The” article रगार्े हैं।

Example:

The UK, the USA, the USSR, the UAE etc

वस्र्ओ

The article is omitted before name of a material.
ॊ के नाभ से ऩहरे article का प्रमोग नही क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
Example:
- सोना एक कीभर्ी धार्ु हैं।
  Gold is a precious metal.
- कऩास बायर्, शभस्र र्था अभेरयका भें उगर्ा हैं।
  Cotton grows in India, America and Egypt.
  - The article is omitted before proper noun.
    व्मजक्र्वाचक सऻ
    Example:
    ा से ऩहरे article का प्रमोग नही क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
- काठभाॊडू नेऩार की याजधानी हैं।
  Katmandu is the capital of Nepal.
- काशरदास एक भहान व्मजक्र् था।
  Kalidas was a great man.
  - The article is omitted before Abstract noun. But when Abstract noun is qualified by an adjective or an adjectival phrase, may have the article.
    बाववाचक सऻ
    ा से ऩहरे article का प्रमोग नही क्रकमा जार्ा हैं,ऩयन्र्ु बाववाचक सऻ
    ा की
    ववशषर्ा क्रकसी ववशषण द्वाया दशााई गई हो र्ो article का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    Example:
- ईभानदायी एक अच्छी नीनर् हैं।
  Honesty is the best policy.
- रकड़हाये की ईभानदायी प्रशसद्ध हैं।
  The honesty of wood-cutter is famous.
  - फवु द्धभानी ईश्वयीम देन हैं।
    Wisdom is the gift of heaven.
  - सोरोभन की फवु द्धभानी प्रशसद्ध हैं।
    The Wisdom of Solomon is famous
  - उसे फोड़ा का अध्मऺ चुना गमा।
    He was elected chairman of the board.
  - जवाहयरार नेहरू 1947 भें प्रथभ प्रधानभत्र
    
    ी फने।
    Jawaharlal Nehru became first prime minister in 1947.
  - ऩढ़ाना, एक अच्छा व्मवसाम हैं।
    Teaching is a good job.
  - भेया चमन अशबमाजन्त्रकी भें हो गमा हैं।
    I have chosen for engineering.
  - भानव नाशवान हैं।
    Man is mortal.
  - भानव असहाम हैं।
    Man is helpless.
    - The article is omitted before school, college, table, hospital, market, prison, when these places are used for primary purpose.
    प्राथशभक उद्देश्म के शरए ववद्मारम, भहाववद्मारम, चचक्रकत्सारम, फाजाय, जेर, बफस्र्य, कोई वस्र्ु आहद के साथ article का प्रमोग नही क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
    Example:
- भेया ऩड़ोसी अबी बी चचक्रकत्सारम भें हैं।
  My neighbour is still in hospital.
- हभ नौ फजे सो जार्े हैं।
  We go in bed at 9 O’clock.
  
  Note:-“The” is used before school, college, table, hospital, market, prison, when we refer them as a definite place, buildings or object.
  ऩयन्र्ु जफ इनका उऩमोग स्थान, वस्र्ु मा इभायर् ववशषे
  article का प्रमोग क्रकमा जार्ा हैं।
  Example:
- भैं भेये ऩड़ोसी से शभरने चचक्रकत्सारम गमा।
  I went to the hospital to see my neighbour.
- कु सी टू ट गई।
  The chair is broken.
  
  Repetition of Articles:
  के शरए क्रकमा जाए र्ो इनके साथ
  
  When two or more adjective are used for the same noun, the article is used before the first adjective only. But if they are used for different noun, the article is used before each adjective.
  महद क्रकसी एक सऻ
  ा के शरए दो मा दो से अचधक ववशष
  ण आमे र्ो ऩहरे ववशष
  ण से ऩव
  article का प्रमोग कयर्े हैं। ऩयन्र्ु महद अरग-अरग सऻा के शरए अरग-अरग ववशषण आमे र्ो
  प्रत्मेक ववशष
  Example:
  ण से ऩव
  ा article का प्रमोग कयर्े हैं।
- भेये ऩास एक फड़ा व सवु वधाजनक भकान हैं।
  I have a big and comfortable house.
- भेये ऩास एक फड़ा व एक सवु वधाजनक भकान हैं।
  I have a big and a comfortable house. (i.e., I have two houses)
  Punctuations - ववयाभ चचन्ह
  
  ववयाभ धचन्ह को Punctuation (ऩॊतचएशन) कहते हैं. इनका का उप्मोग सरखते सभम ककमा जाता है. इस से रेखक वातम के प्रकाय व सही ठहयाव की जानकायी दे ऩाते है. इससे मह बी ऩता चरता है कक ठहयाव ककस प्रकाय का होगा - प्रश्न ऩूछते सभम ठहयाव अरग होता है औय हयानी का इज़हाय अरग होता है.
  Punctuations are deployed at the time of writing. They indicate the type of sentences and the places where of the pauses and stops are intended by the writer and their nature. The punctuation also indicates what type of pause is intended - the pause is different for questions and different for exclamations.
  
  ज्मादातय प्रमुतत होने वारे Punctuations हैं commonly used punctuations are...
  - Full Stop . (पु र स्टॉऩ) - ऩूणथ ववयाभ
  - Question Mark ? (तवशन भाकथ ) - प्रश्न धचन्ह
  - Exclamation Mark ! (एतसतरभेशन भायक्
  - Comma , (कौभा) - अधथ ववयाभ
  - Semi Colon ; (सेभी कोरन) - अल्ऩ ववयाभ
  - Colon : (कोरन) - ववसगथ
    ) - ववस्भमादद फोधक धचन्ह
    
    कु छ अन्म धचन्ह क्जनका उप्मोग ककमा जाता है. Some other used punctuations are...
  - Inverted Comma ' (इॊवटेड कौभा) -
  - Hyphen - (हाइपन)
  - Parentheses () (ऩैयन्थीससस)
  - Apostrophe ' (अऩॉस्रॉपी)

Full Stop (पु र स्टॉऩ) - ऩूण् ववयाभ

To end a sentence

The full stop (.) is the greatest pause and indicates the end of an imperative or a declarative sentence.

To mark abbreviations

The full stop has also been traditionally used in abbreviations, but now-a-days this use of the full stop has become optional.

B. Sc. or BSc

M. P. or MP

Comma (कौभा) - अल्ऩ ववयाभ

The comma (,) is the short pause and is always used within sentences. It is used in cases wherever the writer wants to indicate a small separation, like...

To separate words or elements of the same part of speech in a series... This is Ram, Sahib, Kiran and Mahesh.

Get up, freshen up, have breakfast and rush off to school. To separate two pair of words using and...

Semi Colon (सेभी कोरन) - अध् ववयाभ

The semi colon (;) is used to connect two loosely connected clauses.

Colon (कोरन) - अऩूण् ववयाभ

The colon (:) is optionally used to mark the beginning of a quotation or at the beginning of an enumeration.

Question Mark (क्वशन भाक् ) - प्रश्न चचन्ह

The question mark (?) is used to mark the end of a direct question.

Exclamation Mark (एक्सक्रभेशन भाक् ) - ववस्भम सूचक चचन्ह

The exclamation mark (!) is used to mark the end of an Interjection .

INDEFINITE TENSE OR SIMPLE TENSE

PRESENT TENSE

PAST TENSE

FUTURE TENSE

ता ,ते , ती के फाद हैं ,हों , हूॉ

ता ,ते , ती के फाद था ,थे ,थी

ता ,ते , ती के फाद गा , गे ,गी

AFFERMATIVE

Sub. + V-I (s,es) + Object + Other

Sub. + V-II+ Object + Other

Sub. +shall / will + V-I + Object + Other

Do – I,we,you,they / Pural No.

Does – he,she,it / Singular No. (s,es)

Did - I,we,you,they / Pural No. and he,she,it / Singular No

Shall – I,we,you,they / Pural No.

Will – he,she,it / Singular No

NEGATIVE

Sub. + do / does not + V-I + Object + Other

Sub. + did not + V-I + Object + Other

Sub. + shall /will not + V-I + Object

+ Other

INTEROGATIVE

W/H + do / does + Sub. + V-I + Object + Other

W/H + did + Sub. + V-I + Object + Other

W/H + shall / Will + Sub. + V-I + Object + Other

INTERO. + NEGA.

W/H + do / does + Sub. + not + V-I + Object + Other

W/H + did + Sub. + not + V-I + Object + Other

W/H + Shall / Will + Sub. + not + V-I + Object + Other

Page-179

CONTINEOUS TENSE

PRESENT TENSE

PAST TENSE

FUTURE TENSE

यहा , यही ,यहे के फाद है , हों , हूॉ

यहा , यही ,यहे के फाद था , थे, थी

यहा , यही ,यहे के फाद गा , गे , गी

AFFERMATIVE

Sub + am / is / are + V-ing + Object + Others

Sub + was /were + V-ing + Object + Others

Sub + Shall / will + be + V-ing + Object + Others

Am / is/ are

Was / were

Shall /will

NEGATIVE

Sub + am / is / are + not + V-ing + Object + Others

Sub + was /were +not + V-ing + Object + Others

Sub + Shall / will +not + be + V-ing

+ Object + Others

INTEROGATIVE

W/H + am / is / are +Sub + V-ing + Object + Others

W/H+ was /were +Sub + V-ing + Object + Others

W/H+ Shall / will +Sub + be + V-ing + Object + Others

INTERO. + NEGA.

W/H + am / is / are +Sub + not + V-ing + Object + Others

W/H+ was /were +Sub + not + V-ing + Object + Others

W/H+ Shall / will +Sub +not + be + V-ing + Object + Others

Page-180

PERFECT TENSE

PRESENT TENSE

PAST TENSE

FUTURE TENSE

चकू ा, चकु ी , चकु े के फाद है, हो , हूॉ मा , मे , मी के फाद है, हो , हूॉ

चकू ा, चकु ी , चकु े के फाद था , थे , थी मा , मे , मी के फाद था , थे , थी

चकू ा, चकु ी , चकु े के फाद होगा , होगी ,

होंगें

मा , मे , मी के फाद होगा , होगी , होंगें

AFFERMATIVE

Sub + have / has + V-III + Object +Other

Sub + had + V-III + Object +Other

Sub + shall / will + have + V-III + Object +Other

Have – I,we,you,they / Pural No.

Has – he,she,it / Singular No

Had– I,we,you,they / Pural No. and he,she,it / Singular No

Shall– I,we,you,they / Pural No.

Will – he,she,it / Singular No

NEGATIVE

Sub + have / has +not + V-III + Object

+Other

Sub + had + not + V-III + Object +Other

Sub + shall / will + not + have + V-III + Object +Other

INTEROGATIVE

W/H + have / has +Sub + V-III + Object

+Other

W/H+ had + Sub + V-III + Object +Other

W/H + shall / will + have + Sub+ V-III + Object +Other

INTERO. + NEGA.

W/H + have / has +Sub + not + V-III + Object

+Other

W/H+ had + Sub + not +V-III + Object

+Other

W/H + shall / will + have + Sub+ not + V-III + Object +Other

Page-181

PERFECT CONTINEOUS TENSE

PRESENT TENSE

PAST TENSE

FUTURE TENSE

सभम + से .........यहा है , यही है ,यहे हैं

सभम + से .........यहा था , यही थी ,यहे थे

सभम + से यहा होगा , यही होगी ,यहे

होंगें

AFFERMATIVE

Sub + have / has + been +V-ing +Object

+Since /For + Time

Sub + had + been +V-ing +Object +Since

/For + Time

Sub + Shall /Will +have + been +V-ing +Object +Since /For + Time

have / has + been

had + been

Shall /Will have +been

NEGATIVE

Sub + have / has + not + been +V-ing +Object

+Since /For + Time

Sub + had + not +been +V-ing +Object

+Since /For + Time

Sub + Shall /Will + have + been + not + V-ing +Object +Since /For + Time

INTEROGATIVE

W/H + have / has +Subject + been +V-ing

+Object +Since /For + Time

W/H + had + Subject +been +V-ing

+Object +Since /For + Time

W/H + Shall /Will + Subject +have

+ been +V-ing +Object +Since /For

+ Time

INTERO. + NEGA.

W/H + have / has +Subject + not +been +V-ing +Object +Since /For + Time

W/H + had + Subject +not +been +V-ing

+Object +Since /For + Time

W/H + Shall /Will + Subject + have

+not + been +V-ing +Object +Since

/For + Time

Page-182

100 Commonest English Words

Based on evidence from the billion-word Oxford English Corpus, Oxford have identified the hundred commonest English words found in writing globally:

the
be
to
of
and
a
in
that
have
I
it
for
not
on
with
he
as
you
do
at
this
but
his
by
from

they
we
say
her
she
or
an
will
my
one
all
would
there
their
what
so
up
out
if
about
who
get
which
go
me

when
make
can
like
time
no
just
him
know
take
person
into
year
your
good
some
could
them
see
other
than
then
now
look
only

come
its
over
think
also
back
after
use
two
how
our
work
first
well
way
even
new
want
because
any
these
give
day
most
us

Glossary of English Grammar Terms

This glossary of English grammar terms relates to the English language. Some terms here may have additional or extended meanings when applied to other languages. For example, "case" in some languages applies to pronouns and nouns. In English, nouns do not have case and therefore no reference to nouns is made in its definition here.

Term	Definition
active voice		one of two voices in English; a direct form of expression where the subject performs or "acts" the verb; see also passive voice eg: "Many people eat rice"
adjective		part of speech that typically describes or "modifies" a noun eg: "It was a big dog."
adjective clause		seldom-used term for relative clause
adjunct		word or phrase that adds information to a sentence and that can be removed from the sentence without making the sentence ungrammatical eg: I met John at school.
adverb		word that modifies a verb, an adjective or another adverb eg: quickly, really, very
adverbial clause		dependent clause that acts like an adverb and indicates such things as time, place or reason eg: Although we are getting older, we grow more beautiful each day.
affirmative		statement that expresses (or claims to express) a truth or "yes" meaning; opposite of negative eg: The sun is hot.
affix		language unit (morpheme) that occurs before or after (or sometimes within) the root or stem of a word eg: un- in unhappy (prefix), -ness in happiness (suffix)
agreement (also known as "concord")		logical (in a grammatical sense) links between words based on tense, case or number eg: this phone, these phones
antecedent		word, phrase or clause that is replaced by a pronoun (or other substitute) when mentioned subsequently (in the same sentence or later) eg: "Emily is nice because she brings me flowers."
appositive		noun phrase that re-identifies or describes its neighbouring noun eg: "Canada, a multicultural country, is recognized by its maple leaf flag."
article		determiner that introduces a noun phrase as definite (the) or

	indefinite (a/an)
aspect	feature of some verb forms that relates to duration or completion of time; verbs can have no aspect (simple), or can have continuous or progressive aspect (expressing duration), or have perfect or perfective aspect (expressing completion)
auxiliary (also called verb")	verb "helping	verb used with the main verb to help indicate something such as tense or voice eg: I do not like you. She has finished. He can swim.
bare infinitive	unmarked form of the verb (no indication of tense, mood, person, or aspect) without the particle "to"; typically used after modal auxiliary verbs; see also infinitive eg: "He should come", "I can swim"
base form	basic form eg: be, speak	of	a	verb	before	conjugation	into	tenses	etc
case	form of a pronoun based on its relationship to other words in the sentence; case can be subjective, objective or possessive eg: "I love this dog", "This dog loves me", "This is my dog"
causative verb	verb that causes things to happen such as "make", "get" and "have"; the subject does not perform the action but is indirectly responsible for it eg: "She made me go to school", "I had my nails painted"
clause	group of words containing a subject and its verb eg: "It was late when he arrived"
comparative, comparative adjective	form of an adjective or adverb made with "-er" or "more" that is used to show differences or similarities between two things (not three or more things) eg: colder, more quickly
complement	part of a sentence that completes or adds meaning to the predicate eg: Mary did not say where she was going.
compound noun	noun that is made up of more than one word; can be one word, or hyphenated, or separated by a space eg: toothbrush, mother-in-law, Christmas Day
compound sentence	sentence with at least two independent clauses; usually joined by a conjunction eg: "You can have something healthy but you can't have more junk food."
concord	another term for agreement
conditional	structure in English where one action depends on another ("if-then" or "then-if" structure); most common are 1st, 2nd, and 3rd conditionals

eg: "If I win I will be happy", "I would be happy if I won"

conjugate

to show the different forms of a verb according to voice, mood, tense, number and person; conjugation is quite simple in English compared to many other languages eg: I walk, you walk, he/she/it walks, we walk, they walk; I walked, you walked, he/she/it walked, we walked, they walked

conjunction

word that joins or connects two parts of a sentence eg: Ram likes tea and coffee. Anthony went swimming although it was raining.

content word

word that has meaning in a sentence, such as a verb or noun (as opposed to a structure word, such as pronoun or auxiliary verb); content words are stressed in speech eg: "Could you BRING my GLASSES because I've LEFT them at HOME"

continuous (also "progressive")

called

verb form (specifically an aspect) indicating actions that are in progress or continuing over a given time period (can be past, present or future); formed with "BE" + "VERB-ing" eg: "They are watching TV."

contraction

shortening of two (or more) eg: isn't (is not), we'd've (we would have)

words

into

one

countable noun

thing that you can count, such as apple, pen, tree (see uncountable noun)

eg: one apple, three pens, ten trees

dangling participle

illogical structure that occurs in a sentence when a writer intends to modify one thing but the reader attaches it to another eg: "Running to the bus, the flowers were blooming." (In the example sentence it seems that the flowers were running.)

declarative sentence

sentence type typically used to make a statement (as opposed to a question or command) eg: "Tara works hard", "It wasn't funny"

defining relative clause (also called "restrictive relative clause")

relative clause that contains information required for the understanding of the sentence; not set off with commas; see also non-defining clause

eg: "The boy who was wearing a blue shirt was the winner"

demonstrative pronoun demonstrative adjective

pronoun or determiner that indicates closeness to (this/these) or distance from (that/those) the speaker eg: "This is a nice car", "Can you see those cars?"

dependent clause

part of a sentence that contains a subject and a verb but does not form a complete thought and cannot stand on its own; see also independent clause

eg: "When the water came out of the tap..."

determiner

word such as an article or a possessive adjective or other adjective that typically comes at the beginning of noun phrases eg: "It was an excellent film", "Do you like my new shirt?", "Let's buy some eggs"

direct speech

saying what someone said by using their exact words; see also indirect speech

eg: "Lucy said: 'I am tired.'"

direct object

noun phrase in a sentence that directly receives the action of the verb; see also indirect object eg: "Joey bought the car", "I like it", "Can you see the man wearing a pink shirt and waving a gun in the air?"

embedded question

question that is not in normal question form with a question mark; it occurs within another statement or question and generally follows statement structure

eg: "I don't know where he went," "Can you tell me where it is

before you go?", "They haven't decided whether they should come"

finite verb

verb form that has a specific tense, number and person eg: I work, he works, we learned, they ran

first conditional

"if-then" conditional structure used for future actions or events that are seen as realistic possibilities eg: "If we win the lottery we will buy a car"

fragment

incomplete piece of a sentence used alone as a complete sentence; a fragment does not contain a complete thought; fragments are common in normal speech but unusual (inappropriate) in formal writing

eg: "When's her birthday? - In December", "Will they come? -

Probably not"

function

purpose or "job" of a word form or element in a sentence eg: The function of a subject is to perform the action. One function of an adjective is to describe a noun. The function of a noun is to name things.

future continuous (also called "future progressive")

tense* used to describe things that will happen in the future at a particular time; formed with WILL + BE + VERB-ing eg: "I will be graduating in September."

future perfect

tense* used to express the past in the future; formed with WILL HAVE + VERB-ed

eg: "I will have graduated by then"

future perfect continuous

tense* used to show that something will be ongoing until a certain time in the future; formed with WILL HAVE BEEN + VERB-ing eg: "We will have been living there for three months by the time the baby is born"

future simple

tense* used to describe something that hasn't happened yet such as

	a prediction or a sudden decision; formed with WILL + BASE VERB eg: "He will be late", "I will answer the phone"
gerund	noun form of a verb, formed with VERB-ing eg: "Walking is great exercise"
gradable adjective	adjective that can vary in intensity or grade when paired with a grading adverb ; see also non-gradable adjective eg: quite hot, very tall
grading adverb	adverb that can modify the intensity or grade of a gradable adjective eg: quite hot, very tall
hanging participle	another term for dangling participle
helping verb	another term for auxiliary verb
imperative	form of verb used when giving a command; formed with BASE VERB only eg: "Brush your teeth!"
indefinite pronoun	pronoun does not refer to any specific person, thing or amount. It is vague and "not definite". eg: anything, each, many, somebody
independent clause (also called "main clause")	group of words that expresses a complete thought and can stand alone as a sentence; see also dependent clause eg: "Tara is eating curry.", "Tara likes oranges and Joe likes apples."
indirect object	noun phrase representing the person or thing indirectly affected by the action of the verb; see also direct object eg: "She showed me her book collection", "Joey bought his wife a new car"
indirect question	another term for embedded question
indirect speech (also called "reported speech")	saying what someone said without using their exact words; see direct speech eg: "Lucy said that she was tired"
infinitive	base form of a verb preceded by "to"; see also bare infinitive eg: "You need to study harder", "To be, or not to be**: that is the question"
inflection	change in word form to indicate grammatical meaning eg: dog, dogs (two inflections); take, takes, took, taking, taken (five inflections)
interjection	common word that expresses emotion but has no grammatical value; can often be used alone and is often followed by an exclamation mark eg: "Hi!", "er", "Ouch!", "Dammit!"

interrogative

(formal) sentence type (typically inverted) normally used when asking a question eg: "Are you eating?", "What are you eating?"

interrogative pronoun

pronoun that asks a question. eg: who, whom, which

intransitive verb

verb that does not take a direct object; see also transitive verb

e.g. "He is working hard", "Where do you live?"

inversion

any reversal of the normal word order, especially placing the auxiliary verb before the subject; used in a variety of ways, as in question formation, conditional clauses and agreement or disagreement

eg: "Where are your keys?","Had we watched the weather report, we wouldn't have gone to the beach", "So did he", "Neither did she"

irregular verb see irregular verbs list

verb that has a different ending for past tense and past participle forms than the regular "-ed"; see also regular verb eg: buy, bought, bought; do, did, done

lexicon, lexis

all of the words and word forms in a language with meaning or function

lexical verb

another term for main verb

linking verb

verbs that connect the subject to more information (but do not indicate action), such as "be" or "seem"

main clause

another term for independent clause

main verb (also called "lexical verb")

any verb in a sentence that is not an auxiliary verb; a main verb has meaning on its own eg: "Does John like Mary?", "I will have arrived by 4pm"

modal verb (also called "modal")

auxiliary verb such as can, could, must, should etc; paired with the bare infinitive of a verb eg: "I should go for a jog"

modifier

word or phrase that modifies and limits the meaning of another word eg: the house => the white house, the house over there, the house we sold last year

mood

sentence type that indicates the speaker's view towards the degree of reality of what is being said, for example subjunctive, indicative, imperative

morpheme

unit of language with meaning; differs from "word" because some cannot stand alone

e.g. un-, predict and -able in unpredictable

multi-word verb

verb that consists of a basic verb + another word or words (preposition and/or adverb)

eg: get up (phrasal verb), believe in (prepositional verb), get on with

(phrasal-prepositional verb)

negative

form which changes a "yes" meaning to a "no" meaning; opposite of affirmative

eg: "She will not come", "I have never seen her"

nominative case

another term for subjective case

non-defining relative clause

(also called "non-restrictive relative clause")

relative clause that adds information but is not completely necessary; set off from the sentence with a comma or commas; see defining relative clause eg: "The boy, who had a chocolate bar in his hand, was still hungry"

non-gradable adjective

adjective that has a fixed quality or intensity and cannot be paired with a grading adverb; see also gradable adjective eg: freezing, boiling, dead

non-restrictive relative clause

another term for non-defining relative clause

noun

part of speech that names a person, place, thing, quality, quantity or concept; see also proper noun and compound noun eg: "The man is waiting", "I was born in London", "Is that your car?", "Do you like music?"

noun clause

clause that takes the place of a noun and cannot stand on its own; often introduced with words such as "that, who or whoever" eg: "What the president said was surprising"

noun phrase (NP)

any word or group of words based on a noun or pronoun that can function in a sentence as a subject, object or prepositional object; can be one word or many words; can be very simple or very complex eg: "She is nice", "When is the meeting?", "The car over there beside the lampost is mine"

number

change of word form indicating one person or thing (singular) or more than one person or thing (plural) eg: one dog/three dogs, she/they

object

thing or person affected by the verb; see also direct object and indirect object

eg: "The boy kicked the ball", "We chose the house with the red door"

objective case

case form of a pronoun indicating an object eg: "John married her", "I gave it to him"

part of speech

one of the classes into which words are divided according to their function in a sentence eg: verb, noun, adjective

participle	verb form that can be used as an adjective or a noun; see past participle, present participle
passive voice	one of two voices in English; an indirect form of expression in which the subject receives the action; see also active voice eg: "Rice is eaten by many people"
past tense (also called "simple past")	tense used to talk about an action, event or situation that occurred and was completed in the past eg: "I lived in Paris for 10 years", "Yesterday we saw a snake"
past continuous	tense often used to describe an interrupted action in the past; formed with WAS/WERE + VERB-ing eg: "I was reading when you called"
past perfect	tense that refers to the past in the past; formed with HAD + VERB-ed eg: "We had stopped the car"
past perfect continuous	tense that refers to action that happened in the past and continued to a certain point in the past; formed with HAD BEEN + VERB-ing eg: "I had been waiting for three hours when he arrived"
past participle	verb form (V3) - usually made by adding "-ed" to the base verb -typically used in perfect and passive tenses, and sometimes as an adjective eg: "I have finished", "It was seen by many people", "boiled eggs"
perfect	verb form (specifically an aspect); formed with HAVE/HAS + VERB-ed (present perfect) or HAD + VERB-ed (past perfect)
person	grammatical category that identifies people in a conversation; there are three persons: 1st person (pronouns I/me, we/us) is the speaker(s), 2nd person (pronoun you) is the listener(s), 3rd person (pronouns he/him, she/her, it, they/them) is everybody or everything else
personal pronoun	pronoun that indicates person eg: "He likes my dogs", "They like him"
phrasal verb	multi-word verb formed with a verb + adverb eg: break up, turn off (see phrasal verbs list) NB: many people and books call all multi-word verbs "phrasal verbs" (see multi-word verbs)
phrase	two or more words that have a single function and form part of a sentence; phrases can be noun, adjective, adverb, verb or prepositional
plural	of a noun or form indicating more than one person or thing; plural nouns are usually formed by adding "-s"; see also singular, number eg: bananas, spoons, trees
position	grammatically correct placement of a word form in a phrase or

	sentence in relation to other word forms eg: "The correct position for an article is at the beginning of the noun phrase that it describes"
positive	basic state of an adjective or adverb when it shows quality but not comparative or superlative eg: nice, kind, quickly
possessive adjective	adjective (also called "determiner") based on a pronoun: my, your, his, her, its, our, their eg: "I lost my keys", "She likes your car"
possessive case	case form of a pronoun indicating ownership or possession eg: "Mine are blue", "This car is hers"
possessive pronoun	pronoun that indicates ownership or possession eg: "Where is mine?", "These are yours"
predicate	one of the two main parts (subject and predicate) of a sentence; the predicate is the part that is not the subject eg: "My brother is a doctor", "Who did you call?", "The woman wearing a blue dress helped me"
prefix	affix that occurs before the root or stem of a word eg: impossible, reload
preposition	part of speech that typically comes before a noun phrase and shows some type of relationship between that noun phrase and another element (including relationships of time, location, purpose etc) eg: "We sleep at night", "I live in London", "This is for digging"
prepositional verb	multi-word verb that is formed with verb + preposition eg: believe in, look after
present participle	-ing form of a verb (except when it is a gerund or verbal noun) eg: "We were eating", "The man shouting at the back is rude", "I saw Tara playing tennis"
present simple (also called "simple present")	tense usually used to describe states and actions that are general, habitual or (with the verb "to be") true right now; formed with the basic verb (+ s for 3rd person singular) eg: "Canada sounds beautiful", "She walks to school", "I am very happy"
present continuous (also called "present progressive")	tense used to describe action that is in process now, or a plan for the future; formed with BE + VERB-ing eg: "We are watching TV", "I am moving to Canada next month"
present perfect	tense that connects the past and the present, typically used to express experience, change or a continuing situation; formed with HAVE + VERB-ed eg: "I have worked there", "John has broken his leg", "How long have you been in Canada?"

present perfect continuous

tense used to describe an action that has recently stopped or an action continuing up to now; formed with HAVE + BEEN + VERB-ing eg: "I'm tired because I've been running", "He has been living in Canada for two years"

progressive

another term for continuous

pronoun

word that replaces a noun or noun phrase; there are several types including personal pronouns, relative pronouns and indefinite pronouns

eg: you, he, him; who, which; somebody, anything

proper noun

noun that is capitalized at all times and is the name of a person, place or thing

eg: Shakespeare, Tokyo, EnglishClub.com

punctuation

standard marks such as commas, periods and question marks within a sentence

eg: , . ? ! - ; :

quantifier

determiner or pronoun that indicates quantity eg: some, many, all

question tag

final part of a tag question; mini-question at end of a tag question eg: "Snow isn't black, is it?"

question word

another term for WH-word

reciprocal pronoun

pronoun that indicates that two or more subjects are acting mutually; there are two in English - each other, one another eg: "John and Mary were shouting at each other", "The students accused one another of cheating"

reduced relative clause (also called "participial relative clause")

construction similar to a relative clause, but containing a participle instead of a finite verb; this construction is possible only under certain circumstances

eg: "The woman sitting on the bench is my sister", "The people

arrested by the police have been released"

reflexive pronoun

pronoun ending in -self or -selves, used when the subject and object are the same, or when the subject needs emphasis eg: "She drove herself", "I'll phone her myself"

regular verb see regular verbs list

verb that has "-ed" as the ending for past tense and past participle forms; see also irregular verb eg: work, worked, worked

relative adverb

adverb that introduces a relative clause; there are four in English:

where, when, wherever, whenever; see also relative pronoun

relative clause

dependent clause that usually starts with a relative pronoun such as who or which, or relative adverb such as where eg: "The person who finishes first can leave early" (defining), "Texas,

	where my brother lives, is big" (non-defining)
relative pronoun	pronoun that starts a relative clause; there are five in English: who, whom, whose, which, that; see also relative adverb
reported speech	another term for indirect speech
restrictive relative clause	another term for defining relative clause
second conditional	"if-then" conditional structure used to talk about an unlikely possibility in the future eg: "If we won the lottery we would buy a car"
sentence	largest grammatical unit; a sentence must always include a subject (except for imperatives) and predicate; a written sentence starts with a capital letter and ends with a full stop/period (.), question mark (?) or exclamation mark (!); a sentence contains a complete thought such as a statement, question, request or command eg: "Stop!", "Do you like coffee?", "I work."
series	list of items in a sentence eg: "The children ate popsicles, popcorn and chips"
singular	of a noun or form indicating exactly one person or thing; singular nouns are usually the simplest form of the noun (as found in a dictionary); see also plural, number eg: banana, spoon, tree
split infinitive	situation where a word or phrase comes between the particle "to" and the verb in an infinitive; considered poor construction by some eg: "He promised to never lie again"
Standard English (S.E.)	"normal" spelling, pronunciation and grammar that is used by educated native speakers of English
structure word	word that has no real meaning in a sentence, such as a pronoun or auxiliary verb (as opposed to a content word, such as verb or noun); structure words are not normally stressed in speech eg: "Could you BRING my GLASSES because I've LEFT them at HOME"
subject	one of the two main parts (subject and predicate) of a sentence; the subject is the part that is not the predicate; typically, the subject is the first noun phrase in a sentence and is what the rest of the sentence "is about" eg: "The rain water was dirty", "Mary is beautiful", "Who saw you?"
subjective case also called "nominative"	case form of a pronoun indicating a subject eg: Did she tell you about her?
subjunctive	fairly rare verb form typically used to talk about events that are not certain to happen, usually something that someone wants, hopes or imagines will happen; formed with BARE INFINITIVE (except past of

	"be") eg: "The President requests that John attend the meeting"
subordinate clause	another term for dependent clause
suffix	affix that occurs after the root or stem of a word eg: happiness, quickly
superlative, superlative adjective	adjective or adverb that describes the extreme degree of something eg: happiest, most quickly
SVO	subject-verb-object; a common word order where the subject is followed by the verb and then the object eg: "The man crossed the street"
syntax	sentence structure; the rules about sentence structure
tag question	special construction with statement that ends in a mini-question; the whole sentence is a tag question; the mini-question is a question tag; usually used to obtain confirmation eg: "The Earth is round, isn't it?", "You don't eat meat, do you?"
tense	form of a verb that shows us when the action or state happens (past, present or future). Note that the name of a tense is not always a guide to when the action happens. The "present continuous tense", for example, can be used to talk about the present or the future.
third conditional	"if-then" conditional structure used to talk about a possible event in the past that did not happen (and is therefore now impossible) eg: "If we had won the lottery we would have bought a car"
transitive verb	action verb that has a direct object (receiver of the action); see also intransitive verb eg: "The kids always eat a snack while they watch TV"
uncountable nouns (also called "mass nouns" or "non-count")	thing that you cannot count, such as substances or concepts; see also countable nouns eg: water, furniture, music
usage	way in which words and constructions are normally used in any particular language
V1, V2, V3	referring to Verb 1, Verb 2, Verb 3 - being the base, past and past participle that students typically learn for irregular verbs eg: speak, spoke, spoken
verb	word that describes the subject's action or state and that we can change or conjugate based on tense and person eg: (to) work, (to) love, (to) begin
voice	form of a verb that shows the relation of the subject to the action; there are two voices in English: active, passive

WH-question

question using a WH-word and expecting an answer that is not "yes" or "no"; WH-questions are "open" questions; see also yes-no question

eg: Where are you going?

WH-word

(also called "question word")

word that asks a WH-question; there are 7 WH-words: who, what, where, when, which, why, how

word order

order or sequence in which words occur within a sentence; basic word order for English is subject-verb-object or SVO

yes-no question

question to which the answer is yes or no; yes-no questions are "closed" questions; see also WH-question eg: "Do you like coffee?"

zero conditional

"if-then" conditional structure used when the result of the condition is always true (based on fact) eg: "If you dial O, the operator comes on"

Cyber Facts

Search This Blog

pdf html

am / is / are + Subject + Verb-ing + Object + Others

Subject + has / have + Verb –III + Object +Others

Subject + has / have+ not + Verb –III + Object +Others

W/H + has / have+ Subject + Verb –III + Object +Others

W/H + Did + Subject + Verb-I + Object + Others

Subject + was / were + Vreb- ing + Object + Other

Interogative Sentence

Subject + had + Verb-III + Object + Others

Negative Sentance

Subject + had + not + Verb-III + Object + Others

Subject + Will/Shall + Verb –I + Object +Others

Narration (प्रत्मऺ-अप्रत्मऺ कथन)

Determiners (ऩरयसीभक)

Quantifiers:

Structures

Modals

Articles:

100 Commonest English Words

कर्ाा	+	कभा	+	क्रिमा
Subject	+	object	+	verb
झॊकाय	+	खाना	+	खा यहा हैं।

Masculine	Feminine
Bachelor	Spinster
King	Queen
Buck	Doe
Dog	Bitch
Bull	Cow
Ram	Eve
Stag	Hind
Hart (male deer)	Roe (female deer)
Drake (male duck)	Duck
Wizard	Witch
Drone	Bee
Lord	lady

Masculine	Feminine
Poet	Poetess
Author	Authoress
Heir	Heiress
Host	Hostess
Mayor	Mayoress
Giant	Giantess
Manager	Manageress
Jew	Jewess
Patron	Patroness
Shepherd	Shepherdess
Peer	Peeress
Priest	Priestess

Masculine	Feminine
Actor	Actress
Tiger	Tigress
Waiter	Waitress
Founder	Foundress
Hunter	Huntress
Traitor	Traitress
Master	Mistress
Prince	Princess

Masculine	Feminine
Bull-calf	Cow-calf
Cock-sparrow	Hen-sparrow
He-goat	She-goat

He-beer	She-beer
Man-servant	Maid-servant
Jack-ass	Jenny-ass
Peacock	Peahen
Washer-man	Washer-woman

Aircraft	Deer	Swine	Sheep
Cod	Salmon	Pair	Dozen
Score	Hundred	million	gross

Scissors	Alms	Jeans	Tongs
Spectacles	Trousers	Measles	Mumps
Billiards	Annals	Thanks	breches

Singular		Plural
Light	प्रकाश, रैम्ऩ	Lights	रैम्ऩ
Powder	धरु , दवा	Powders	दवा
Practice	आदर्, व्मामाभ	Practices	आदर्

Subject	Reflexive pronoun
I	Myself
We	ourselves
You	Yourself
He	Himself
She	herself
They	Themselves
It	Itself
One	oneself

Singular	plural	Singular	Plural
Boy	Boys	Table	Tables
Chair	Chairs	Car	Cars
Cow	Cows	Desk	Desks
Pen	Pens	House	houses

Singular	plural	Singular	Plural
Bus	Buses	Glass	Glasses
Dish	Dishes	Brush	Brushes
Branch	Branches	Match	Matches
Box	Boxes	Tax	Taxes
Tomato	Tomatoes	Hero	heroes

Singular	plural	Singular	Plural
Dynamo	Dynamos	Solo	Solos
Photo	Photos	Ratio	Ratios
Kilo	Kilos	Logo	logos

Singular	plural	Singular	Plural
Baby	Babies	Story	Stories
City	Cities	Lady	Ladies
Day	Days	Donkey	donkeys
Army	Armies	Pony	Ponies

		Will you not get better in a cauple of days?
Why will I not come?


How will we not get exam 7 to 10
o’clock?

Direct speech		Indirect speech
Says to	-	Asks
Say to	-	Ask
Will/shall say to	-	Will/shall ask
Said to	-	Asked

काभना कयना	-	Wished
प्राथना ा कयना	-	Prayer
आशीवााद देना	-	Blessed
अशबशाऩ देना	-	Cursed

Has / Have	-	Present tense
Had	-	Past tense
Will have /shall have	-	Future tense

Has to / Have to	-	ऩड़र्ा हैं
Had to	-	ऩड़र्ा था
Will have to / shall have to	-	ऩड़गा

Present perfect tense	-	Has / have + v-3rd
Past perfect tense	-	Had + v-3rd
Future perfect tense	-	Will have / shall have + v-3rd

Noun	-	Verb (Verb +ing)
Drink	-	Drinking
Correct	-	Correcting
Climb	-	Climbing
Dance	-	Dancing

am not	aren't
are not	aren't
is not	isn't
do not	don't
does not	doesn’t
did not	didn't
has not	hasn't
have not	haven’t
shall not	shan't
will not	won't
can not	can't
was not	wasn't

were not	weren't
should not	shouldn't
would not	wouldn't
could not	couldn't